User interfaces for peer-to-peer transfers

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/736,704, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR PEER-TO-PEER TRANSFERS,” filed Jan. 7, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 15/981,817, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,796,294, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR PEER-TO-PEER TRANSFERS,” filed May 16, 2018, which in turn claims priority to the following U.S. Provisional Applications: U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/507,161, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR PEER-TO-PEER TRANSFERS,” filed May 16, 2017; U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/514,945, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR PEER-TO-PEER TRANSFERS,” filed Jun. 4, 2017; U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/566,225, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR PEER-TO-PEER TRANSFERS,” filed Sep. 29, 2017; and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/672,003, entitled “USER INTERFACES FOR PEER-TO-PEER TRANSFERS,” filed May 15, 2018. The contents of each of these applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.

The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to interfaces and techniques for managing peer-to-peer transfers.

Peer-to-peer transfers, such as transfers of resources and files, using electronic devices are a convenient and efficient method of exchanging the resources and files. Peer-to-peer transfers enable a user to, using an electronic device, quickly and easily send an outgoing transfer and quickly and easily accept an incoming transfer.

Some techniques for managing peer-to-peer transfers using electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques require the use of certain applications that may not be commonly used by a user of a device, which may unnecessarily cause the user to open a seldom-used application. For another example, some existing techniques have limited options for making and receiving transfers. For another example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. As such, existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.

Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for managing peer-to-peer transfers. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for managing peer-to-peer transfers. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. Such methods and interfaces also reduce the number of unnecessary, extraneous, or repetitive input required at computing devices, such as smartphones and smartwatches.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display, one or more input devices, and a wireless communication radio is described. The method comprises: receiving, via the wireless communication radio, one or more messages; displaying, on the display, a user interface for a messaging application that includes at least one of the one or more messages in a message conversation between a plurality of conversation participants; while concurrently displaying, on the display, at least one of the one or more messages in the message conversation, receiving, from one of the participants, a respective message; in response to receiving the respective message, in accordance with a determination, based on an analysis of text in the respective message, that the respective message relates to a transfer of a first type of item that the messaging application is configured to transfer, concurrently displaying, on the display, a representation of the message and a selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item; while the representation of the message and the selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item are concurrently displayed on the display, detecting, via the one or more input devices, user activation of the selectable indication; and in response to detecting the user activation of the selectable indication, displaying, on the display, a transfer user interface for initiating transfer of the first type of item between participants in the message conversation.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, one or more input devices, and a wireless communication radio, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the wireless communication radio, one or more messages; displaying, on the display, a user interface for a messaging application that includes at least one of the one or more messages in a message conversation between a plurality of conversation participants; while concurrently displaying, on the display, at least one of the one or more messages in the message conversation, receiving, from one of the participants, a respective message; in response to receiving the respective message, in accordance with a determination, based on an analysis of text in the respective message, that the respective message relates to a transfer of a first type of item that the messaging application is configured to transfer, concurrently displaying, on the display, a representation of the message and a selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item; while the representation of the message and the selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item are concurrently displayed on the display, detecting, via the one or more input devices, user activation of the selectable indication; and in response to detecting the user activation of the selectable indication, displaying, on the display, a transfer user interface for initiating transfer of the first type of item between participants in the message conversation.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, one or more input devices, and a wireless communication radio, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the wireless communication radio, one or more messages; displaying, on the display, a user interface for a messaging application that includes at least one of the one or more messages in a message conversation between a plurality of conversation participants; while concurrently displaying, on the display, at least one of the one or more messages in the message conversation, receiving, from one of the participants, a respective message; in response to receiving the respective message, in accordance with a determination, based on an analysis of text in the respective message, that the respective message relates to a transfer of a first type of item that the messaging application is configured to transfer, concurrently displaying, on the display, a representation of the message and a selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item; while the representation of the message and the selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item are concurrently displayed on the display, detecting, via the one or more input devices, user activation of the selectable indication; and in response to detecting the user activation of the selectable indication, displaying, on the display, a transfer user interface for initiating transfer of the first type of item between participants in the message conversation.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; a wireless communication radio; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the wireless communication radio, one or more messages; displaying, on the display, a user interface for a messaging application that includes at least one of the one or more messages in a message conversation between a plurality of conversation participants; while concurrently displaying, on the display, at least one of the one or more messages in the message conversation, receiving, from one of the participants, a respective message; in response to receiving the respective message, in accordance with a determination, based on an analysis of text in the respective message, that the respective message relates to a transfer of a first type of item that the messaging application is configured to transfer, concurrently displaying, on the display, a representation of the message and a selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item; while the representation of the message and the selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item are concurrently displayed on the display, detecting, via the one or more input devices, user activation of the selectable indication; and in response to detecting the user activation of the selectable indication, displaying, on the display, a transfer user interface for initiating transfer of the first type of item between participants in the message conversation.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; a wireless communication radio; means for receiving, via the wireless communication radio, one or more messages; means for displaying, on the display, a user interface for a messaging application that includes at least one of the one or more messages in a message conversation between a plurality of conversation participants; means, while concurrently displaying, on the display, at least one of the one or more messages in the message conversation, for receiving, from one of the participants, a respective message; means, in response to receiving the respective message, in accordance with a determination, based on an analysis of text in the respective message, that the respective message relates to a transfer of a first type of item that the messaging application is configured to transfer, for concurrently displaying, on the display, a representation of the message and a selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item; means, while the representation of the message and the selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item are concurrently displayed on the display, for detecting, via the one or more input devices, user activation of the selectable indication; and means, in response to detecting the user activation of the selectable indication, for displaying, on the display, a transfer user interface for initiating transfer of the first type of item between participants in the message conversation.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display and one or more sensor devices is described. The method comprises: displaying, on the display, a graphical representation of a communication; while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display, detecting, via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the electronic device relative to a reference point; and in response to detecting the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display: in accordance with a determination that the communication has a first state, displaying the graphical representation of the communication and outputting a respective type of feedback corresponding to the graphical representation of the communication, wherein the feedback indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point; and in accordance with a determination that the communication has a second state that is different from the first state, displaying the graphical representation of the communication without outputting feedback that indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more sensor devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a graphical representation of a communication; while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display, detecting, via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the electronic device relative to a reference point; and in response to detecting the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display: in accordance with a determination that the communication has a first state, displaying the graphical representation of the communication and outputting a respective type of feedback corresponding to the graphical representation of the communication, wherein the feedback indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point; and in accordance with a determination that the communication has a second state that is different from the first state, displaying the graphical representation of the communication without outputting feedback that indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more sensor devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a graphical representation of a communication; while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display, detecting, via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the electronic device relative to a reference point; and in response to detecting the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display: in accordance with a determination that the communication has a first state, displaying the graphical representation of the communication and outputting a respective type of feedback corresponding to the graphical representation of the communication, wherein the feedback indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point; and in accordance with a determination that the communication has a second state that is different from the first state, displaying the graphical representation of the communication without outputting feedback that indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more sensor devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a graphical representation of a communication; while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display, detecting, via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the electronic device relative to a reference point; and in response to detecting the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display: in accordance with a determination that the communication has a first state, displaying the graphical representation of the communication and outputting a respective type of feedback corresponding to the graphical representation of the communication, wherein the feedback indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point; and in accordance with a determination that the communication has a second state that is different from the first state, displaying the graphical representation of the communication without outputting feedback that indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more sensor devices; means for displaying, on the display, a graphical representation of a communication; means, while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display, for detecting, via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the electronic device relative to a reference point; and means, in response to detecting the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display, for: in accordance with a determination that the communication has a first state, displaying the graphical representation of the communication and outputting a respective type of feedback corresponding to the graphical representation of the communication, wherein the feedback indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point; and in accordance with a determination that the communication has a second state that is different from the first state, displaying the graphical representation of the communication without outputting feedback that indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices is described. The method comprises: displaying, on the display, a numerical value selection user interface; while displaying the numerical value selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to selection of a respective numerical value from a plurality of numerical values in the numerical value selection interface; in response to receiving the input that corresponds to the selection of the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a representation of the respective numerical value in the numerical value selection user interface; while displaying the representation of the respective numerical value in the numerical value selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to send a message, via a messaging application, that corresponds to the respective numerical value; and in response to receiving the input that corresponds to the request to send the message, via the messaging application, that corresponds to the respective numerical value, sending the message that corresponds to the respective numerical value to one or more participants, and: in accordance with a determination that the message is designated as a transmission message for the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a first message object in a message transcript of the messaging application, wherein the first message object includes a graphical representation of the respective numerical value in a respective font that is associated with requests generated using the numerical value selection user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the message is designated as a request message for the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a second message object in the message transcript of the messaging application different from the first message object, wherein, in the second message object: the respective numerical value is displayed in the message object in a font that is smaller than the respective font; and a predetermined request indicator associated with requests generated using the numerical value selection user interface is displayed in the respective font.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a numerical value selection user interface; while displaying the numerical value selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to selection of a respective numerical value from a plurality of numerical values in the numerical value selection interface; in response to receiving the input that corresponds to the selection of the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a representation of the respective numerical value in the numerical value selection user interface; while displaying the representation of the respective numerical value in the numerical value selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to send a message, via a messaging application, that corresponds to the respective numerical value; and in response to receiving the input that corresponds to the request to send the message, via the messaging application, that corresponds to the respective numerical value, sending the message that corresponds to the respective numerical value to one or more participants, and: in accordance with a determination that the message is designated as a transmission message for the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a first message object in a message transcript of the messaging application, wherein the first message object includes a graphical representation of the respective numerical value in a respective font that is associated with requests generated using the numerical value selection user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the message is designated as a request message for the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a second message object in the message transcript of the messaging application different from the first message object, wherein, in the second message object: the respective numerical value is displayed in the message object in a font that is smaller than the respective font; and a predetermined request indicator associated with requests generated using the numerical value selection user interface is displayed in the respective font.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a numerical value selection user interface; while displaying the numerical value selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to selection of a respective numerical value from a plurality of numerical values in the numerical value selection interface; in response to receiving the input that corresponds to the selection of the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a representation of the respective numerical value in the numerical value selection user interface; while displaying the representation of the respective numerical value in the numerical value selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to send a message, via a messaging application, that corresponds to the respective numerical value; and in response to receiving the input that corresponds to the request to send the message, via the messaging application, that corresponds to the respective numerical value, sending the message that corresponds to the respective numerical value to one or more participants, and: in accordance with a determination that the message is designated as a transmission message for the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a first message object in a message transcript of the messaging application, wherein the first message object includes a graphical representation of the respective numerical value in a respective font that is associated with requests generated using the numerical value selection user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the message is designated as a request message for the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a second message object in the message transcript of the messaging application different from the first message object, wherein, in the second message object: the respective numerical value is displayed in the message object in a font that is smaller than the respective font; and a predetermined request indicator associated with requests generated using the numerical value selection user interface is displayed in the respective font.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a numerical value selection user interface; while displaying the numerical value selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to selection of a respective numerical value from a plurality of numerical values in the numerical value selection interface; in response to receiving the input that corresponds to the selection of the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a representation of the respective numerical value in the numerical value selection user interface; while displaying the representation of the respective numerical value in the numerical value selection user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to send a message, via a messaging application, that corresponds to the respective numerical value; and in response to receiving the input that corresponds to the request to send the message, via the messaging application, that corresponds to the respective numerical value, sending the message that corresponds to the respective numerical value to one or more participants, and: in accordance with a determination that the message is designated as a transmission message for the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a first message object in a message transcript of the messaging application, wherein the first message object includes a graphical representation of the respective numerical value in a respective font that is associated with requests generated using the numerical value selection user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the message is designated as a request message for the respective numerical value, displaying, on the display, a second message object in the message transcript of the messaging application different from the first message object, wherein, in the second message object: the respective numerical value is displayed in the message object in a font that is smaller than the respective font; and a predetermined request indicator associated with requests generated using the numerical value selection user interface is displayed in the respective font.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; means for displaying, on the display, a numerical value selection user interface; means, while displaying the numerical value selection user interface, for receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to selection of a respective numerical value from a plurality of numerical values in the numerical value selection interface; means, in response to receiving the input that corresponds to the selection of the respective numerical value, for displaying, on the display, a representation of the respective numerical value in the numerical value selection user interface; means, while displaying the representation of the respective numerical value in the numerical value selection user interface, for receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to send a message, via a messaging application, that corresponds to the respective numerical value; and means, in response to receiving the input that corresponds to the request to send the message, via the messaging application, that corresponds to the respective numerical value, for sending the message that corresponds to the respective numerical value to one or more participants, and: means, in accordance with a determination that the message is designated as a transmission message for the respective numerical value, for displaying, on the display, a first message object in a message transcript of the messaging application, wherein the first message object includes a graphical representation of the respective numerical value in a respective font that is associated with requests generated using the numerical value selection user interface; and means, in accordance with a determination that the message is designated as a request message for the respective numerical value, for displaying, on the display, a second message object in the message transcript of the messaging application different from the first message object, wherein, in the second message object: the respective numerical value is displayed in the message object in a font that is smaller than the respective font; and a predetermined request indicator associated with requests generated using the numerical value selection user interface is displayed in the respective font.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices is described. The method comprises: displaying, on the display, a message object in a message conversation, wherein the message object includes an indication of a first one or more items sent from a participant in the conversation to a user of the electronic device; while displaying at least a portion of the message conversation, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to obtain the first one or more items; and in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to obtain the first one or more items: in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is associated with an activated account that is authorized to obtain the first one or more items, proceeding to obtain the first one or more items; and in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is not associated with an activated account that is authorized to obtain the first content, displaying, on the display, a second affordance for activating an account that is authorized to obtain the first one or more items.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a message object in a message conversation, wherein the message object includes an indication of a first one or more items sent from a participant in the conversation to a user of the electronic device; while displaying at least a portion of the message conversation, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to obtain the first one or more items; and in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to obtain the first one or more items: in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is associated with an activated account that is authorized to obtain the first one or more items, proceeding to obtain the first one or more items; and in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is not associated with an activated account that is authorized to obtain the first content, displaying, on the display, a second affordance for activating an account that is authorized to obtain the first one or more items.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a message object in a message conversation, wherein the message object includes an indication of a first one or more items sent from a participant in the conversation to a user of the electronic device; while displaying at least a portion of the message conversation, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to obtain the first one or more items; and in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to obtain the first one or more items: in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is associated with an activated account that is authorized to obtain the first one or more items, proceeding to obtain the first one or more items; and in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is not associated with an activated account that is authorized to obtain the first content, displaying, on the display, a second affordance for activating an account that is authorized to obtain the first one or more items.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a message object in a message conversation, wherein the message object includes an indication of a first one or more items sent from a participant in the conversation to a user of the electronic device; while displaying at least a portion of the message conversation, detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to obtain the first one or more items; and in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to obtain the first one or more items: in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is associated with an activated account that is authorized to obtain the first one or more items, proceeding to obtain the first one or more items; and in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is not associated with an activated account that is authorized to obtain the first content, displaying, on the display, a second affordance for activating an account that is authorized to obtain the first one or more items.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; means for displaying, on the display, a message object in a message conversation, wherein the message object includes an indication of a first one or more items sent from a participant in the conversation to a user of the electronic device; means, while displaying at least a portion of the message conversation, for detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input that corresponds to a request to obtain the first one or more items; and means, in response to detecting the input that corresponds to the request to obtain the first one or more items, for: in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is associated with an activated account that is authorized to obtain the first one or more items, proceeding to obtain the first one or more items; and in accordance with a determination that the electronic device is not associated with an activated account that is authorized to obtain the first content, displaying, on the display, a second affordance for activating an account that is authorized to obtain the first one or more items.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display, a wireless transmission device, and one or more input devices is described. The method comprises: receiving a request to provide restricted credentials associated with a user of the device via the wireless transmission device to an external device; in response to receiving the request to provide the restricted credentials, concurrently displaying, on the display: a representation of a first account associated with first restricted credentials at a first location of the display, wherein the first account is selected for use in providing the restricted credentials, and at least a portion of a representation of a second account associated with second restricted credentials at a second location of the display, wherein display of at least the portion of the representation of the second account includes display of a usage metric for the second account detecting, via the one or more input devices, user selection of the representation of the second account; and in response to detecting the user selection of the representation of the second account: replacing display of the representation of the first account with the representation of the second account at the first location of the display, and selecting the second account for use in providing the restricted credentials.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, a wireless transmission device, and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving a request to provide restricted credentials associated with a user of the device via the wireless transmission device to an external device; in response to receiving the request to provide the restricted credentials, concurrently displaying, on the display: a representation of a first account associated with first restricted credentials at a first location of the display, wherein the first account is selected for use in providing the restricted credentials, and at least a portion of a representation of a second account associated with second restricted credentials at a second location of the display, wherein display of at least the portion of the representation of the second account includes display of a usage metric for the second account detecting, via the one or more input devices, user selection of the representation of the second account; and in response to detecting the user selection of the representation of the second account: replacing display of the representation of the first account with the representation of the second account at the first location of the display, and selecting the second account for use in providing the restricted credentials.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, a wireless transmission device, and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving a request to provide restricted credentials associated with a user of the device via the wireless transmission device to an external device; in response to receiving the request to provide the restricted credentials, concurrently displaying, on the display: a representation of a first account associated with first restricted credentials at a first location of the display, wherein the first account is selected for use in providing the restricted credentials, and at least a portion of a representation of a second account associated with second restricted credentials at a second location of the display, wherein display of at least the portion of the representation of the second account includes display of a usage metric for the second account; detecting, via the one or more input devices, user selection of the representation of the second account; and in response to detecting the user selection of the representation of the second account: replacing display of the representation of the first account with the representation of the second account at the first location of the display, and selecting the second account for use in providing the restricted credentials.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; a wireless transmission device; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving a request to provide restricted credentials associated with a user of the device via the wireless transmission device to an external device; in response to receiving the request to provide the restricted credentials, concurrently displaying, on the display: a representation of a first account associated with first restricted credentials at a first location of the display, wherein the first account is selected for use in providing the restricted credentials, and at least a portion of a representation of a second account associated with second restricted credentials at a second location of the display, wherein display of at least the portion of the representation of the second account includes display of a usage metric for the second account detecting, via the one or more input devices, user selection of the representation of the second account; and in response to detecting the user selection of the representation of the second account: replacing display of the representation of the first account with the representation of the second account at the first location of the display, and selecting the second account for use in providing the restricted credentials.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; a wireless transmission device; one or more input devices; means for receiving a request to provide restricted credentials associated with a user of the device via the wireless transmission device to an external device; means, in response to receiving the request to provide the restricted credentials, for concurrently displaying, on the display: a representation of a first account associated with first restricted credentials at a first location of the display, wherein the first account is selected for use in providing the restricted credentials, and at least a portion of a representation of a second account associated with second restricted credentials at a second location of the display, wherein display of at least the portion of the representation of the second account includes display of a usage metric for the second account; means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, user selection of the representation of the second account; and means, in response to detecting the user selection of the representation of the second account, for: replacing display of the representation of the first account with the representation of the second account at the first location of the display, and selecting the second account for use in providing the restricted credentials.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices is described. The method comprises: receiving a request to participate in a transfer of resources for a requested resource amount using a first resource account; and in response to receiving the request to participate in the transfer of resources for the requested resource amount using the first resource account: in accordance with a determination that the requested resource amount is equal to or less than an amount of resources available via the first resource account, automatically proceeding with the transfer of resources using only the first resource account, and in accordance with a determination that the requested resource amount is greater than the amount of resources available via the first resource account, automatically proceeding with the transfer of resources using the first resource account and a second resource account different from the first resource account.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving a request to participate in a transfer of resources for a requested resource amount using a first resource account; and in response to receiving the request to participate in the transfer of resources for the requested resource amount using the first resource account: in accordance with a determination that the requested resource amount is equal to or less than an amount of resources available via the first resource account, automatically proceeding with the transfer of resources using only the first resource account, and in accordance with a determination that the requested resource amount is greater than the amount of resources available via the first resource account, automatically proceeding with the transfer of resources using the first resource account and a second resource account different from the first resource account.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving a request to participate in a transfer of resources for a requested resource amount using a first resource account; and in response to receiving the request to participate in the transfer of resources for the requested resource amount using the first resource account: in accordance with a determination that the requested resource amount is equal to or less than an amount of resources available via the first resource account, automatically proceeding with the transfer of resources using only the first resource account, and in accordance with a determination that the requested resource amount is greater than the amount of resources available via the first resource account, automatically proceeding with the transfer of resources using the first resource account and a second resource account different from the first resource account.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving a request to participate in a transfer of resources for a requested resource amount using a first resource account; and in response to receiving the request to participate in the transfer of resources for the requested resource amount using the first resource account: in accordance with a determination that the requested resource amount is equal to or less than an amount of resources available via the first resource account, automatically proceeding with the transfer of resources using only the first resource account, and in accordance with a determination that the requested resource amount is greater than the amount of resources available via the first resource account, automatically proceeding with the transfer of resources using the first resource account and a second resource account different from the first resource account.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; means for receiving a request to participate in a transfer of resources for a requested resource amount using a first resource account; and means, in response to receiving the request to participate in the transfer of resources for the requested resource amount using the first resource account, for: in accordance with a determination that the requested resource amount is equal to or less than an amount of resources available via the first resource account, automatically proceeding with the transfer of resources using only the first resource account, and in accordance with a determination that the requested resource amount is greater than the amount of resources available via the first resource account, automatically proceeding with the transfer of resources using the first resource account and a second resource account different from the first resource account.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display is described. The method comprises: receiving one or more messages in a first conversation of electronic messages that includes messages from a user of the electronic device to a first participant and messages from the first participant to the user of the electronic device, the one or more messages in the first conversation including a first message that is associated with the transfer of a first additional item; receiving one or more messages in a second conversation of electronic messages that includes messages from the user of the electronic device to a second participant and messages from the second participant to the user of the electronic device, the one or more messages in the second conversation including a second message that is associated with the transfer of a second additional item; and concurrently displaying, on the display: a first item associated with the first participant, wherein the first item includes first information from the first message in the first conversation of electronic messages and a representation of the first additional item; and a second item associated with the second participant, wherein the second item includes second information from the second message in the second conversation of electronic messages and a representation of the second additional item.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving one or more messages in a first conversation of electronic messages that includes messages from a user of the electronic device to a first participant and messages from the first participant to the user of the electronic device, the one or more messages in the first conversation including a first message that is associated with the transfer of a first additional item; receiving one or more messages in a second conversation of electronic messages that includes messages from the user of the electronic device to a second participant and messages from the second participant to the user of the electronic device, the one or more messages in the second conversation including a second message that is associated with the transfer of a second additional item; and concurrently displaying, on the display: a first item associated with the first participant, wherein the first item includes first information from the first message in the first conversation of electronic messages and a representation of the first additional item; and a second item associated with the second participant, wherein the second item includes second information from the second message in the second conversation of electronic messages and a representation of the second additional item.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving one or more messages in a first conversation of electronic messages that includes messages from a user of the electronic device to a first participant and messages from the first participant to the user of the electronic device, the one or more messages in the first conversation including a first message that is associated with the transfer of a first additional item; receiving one or more messages in a second conversation of electronic messages that includes messages from the user of the electronic device to a second participant and messages from the second participant to the user of the electronic device, the one or more messages in the second conversation including a second message that is associated with the transfer of a second additional item; and concurrently displaying, on the display: a first item associated with the first participant, wherein the first item includes first information from the first message in the first conversation of electronic messages and a representation of the first additional item; and a second item associated with the second participant, wherein the second item includes second information from the second message in the second conversation of electronic messages and a representation of the second additional item.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving one or more messages in a first conversation of electronic messages that includes messages from a user of the electronic device to a first participant and messages from the first participant to the user of the electronic device, the one or more messages in the first conversation including a first message that is associated with the transfer of a first additional item; receiving one or more messages in a second conversation of electronic messages that includes messages from the user of the electronic device to a second participant and messages from the second participant to the user of the electronic device, the one or more messages in the second conversation including a second message that is associated with the transfer of a second additional item; and concurrently displaying, on the display: a first item associated with the first participant, wherein the first item includes first information from the first message in the first conversation of electronic messages and a representation of the first additional item; and a second item associated with the second participant, wherein the second item includes second information from the second message in the second conversation of electronic messages and a representation of the second additional item.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; means for receiving one or more messages in a first conversation of electronic messages that includes messages from a user of the electronic device to a first participant and messages from the first participant to the user of the electronic device, the one or more messages in the first conversation including a first message that is associated with the transfer of a first additional item; means for receiving one or more messages in a second conversation of electronic messages that includes messages from the user of the electronic device to a second participant and messages from the second participant to the user of the electronic device, the one or more messages in the second conversation including a second message that is associated with the transfer of a second additional item; and means for concurrently displaying, on the display: a first item associated with the first participant, wherein the first item includes first information from the first message in the first conversation of electronic messages and a representation of the first additional item; and a second item associated with the second participant, wherein the second item includes second information from the second message in the second conversation of electronic messages and a representation of the second additional item.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with one or more output devices including a display and one or more input devices is described. The method comprises: receiving, via the one or more input devices, an utterance from a user that corresponds to a request to perform an operation; in response to receiving the utterance, preparing to perform the operation: in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization, preparing to perform the operation includes presenting, via the one or more output devices of the device: a representation of the operation; and instructions for providing authorization to the device, via the one or more input devices of the device, to perform the operation; after preparing to perform the operation, receiving a confirmation input associated with performing the operation; and in response to receiving the confirmation input: in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization and the operation has not been authorized, forgoing performing the operation in response to the confirmation input; in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization and the operation has been authorized, performing the operation in response to the confirmation input; and in accordance with a determination that the operation does not require authorization, performing the operation in response to the confirmation input.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with one or more output devices including a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, an utterance from a user that corresponds to a request to perform an operation; in response to receiving the utterance, preparing to perform the operation: in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization, preparing to perform the operation includes presenting, via the one or more output devices of the device: a representation of the operation; and instructions for providing authorization to the device, via the one or more input devices of the device, to perform the operation; after preparing to perform the operation, receiving a confirmation input associated with performing the operation; and in response to receiving the confirmation input: in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization and the operation has not been authorized, forgoing performing the operation in response to the confirmation input; in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization and the operation has been authorized, performing the operation in response to the confirmation input; and in accordance with a determination that the operation does not require authorization, performing the operation in response to the confirmation input.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with one or more output devices including a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, an utterance from a user that corresponds to a request to perform an operation; in response to receiving the utterance, preparing to perform the operation: in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization, preparing to perform the operation includes presenting, via the one or more output devices of the device: a representation of the operation; and instructions for providing authorization to the device, via the one or more input devices of the device, to perform the operation; after preparing to perform the operation, receiving a confirmation input associated with performing the operation; and in response to receiving the confirmation input: in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization and the operation has not been authorized, forgoing performing the operation in response to the confirmation input; in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization and the operation has been authorized, performing the operation in response to the confirmation input; and in accordance with a determination that the operation does not require authorization, performing the operation in response to the confirmation input.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: one or more output devices including a display; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, an utterance from a user that corresponds to a request to perform an operation; in response to receiving the utterance, preparing to perform the operation: in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization, preparing to perform the operation includes presenting, via the one or more output devices of the device: a representation of the operation; and instructions for providing authorization to the device, via the one or more input devices of the device, to perform the operation; after preparing to perform the operation, receiving a confirmation input associated with performing the operation; and in response to receiving the confirmation input: in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization and the operation has not been authorized, forgoing performing the operation in response to the confirmation input; in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization and the operation has been authorized, performing the operation in response to the confirmation input; and in accordance with a determination that the operation does not require authorization, performing the operation in response to the confirmation input.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: one or more output devices, including a display; one or more input devices; means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, an utterance from a user that corresponds to a request to perform an operation; means, responsive to receiving the utterance, preparing to perform the operation, for: in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization, preparing to perform the operation includes presenting, via the one or more output devices of the device: a representation of the operation; and instructions for providing authorization to the device, via the one or more input devices of the device, to perform the operation; means, after preparing to perform the operation, for receiving a confirmation input associated with performing the operation; and means, responsive to receiving the confirmation input, for: in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization and the operation has not been authorized, forgoing performing the operation in response to the confirmation input; in accordance with a determination that the operation requires authorization and the operation has been authorized, performing the operation in response to the confirmation input; and in accordance with a determination that the operation does not require authorization, performing the operation in response to the confirmation input.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display and one or more sensor devices is described. The method comprises: while the device is at a first orientation relative to a baseline orientation with respect to a reference point, displaying, on the display, a user interface object; while displaying the user interface object, detecting, via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the device from the first orientation relative to the reference point to a respective orientation relative to the reference point; in response to detecting the change in orientation of the device: changing an appearance of the user interface object by applying a visual effect to the user interface object that varies a set of one or more parameters of the user interface object as the orientation of the device changes relative to the reference point; in accordance with a determination that the change in orientation of the device includes movement, towards the baseline orientation, that meets predetermined criteria, reducing an amplitude of the visual effect; and in accordance with a determination that the change in orientation of the device includes movement, away from the baseline orientation, that meets the predetermined criteria, continuing to apply the visual effect to the user interface object without reducing the amplitude of the visual effect.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more sensor devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: while the device is at a first orientation relative to a baseline orientation with respect to a reference point, displaying, on the display, a user interface object; while displaying the user interface object, detecting, via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the device from the first orientation relative to the reference point to a respective orientation relative to the reference point; in response to detecting the change in orientation of the device: changing an appearance of the user interface object by applying a visual effect to the user interface object that varies a set of one or more parameters of the user interface object as the orientation of the device changes relative to the reference point; in accordance with a determination that the change in orientation of the device includes movement, towards the baseline orientation, that meets predetermined criteria, reducing an amplitude of the visual effect; and in accordance with a determination that the change in orientation of the device includes movement, away from the baseline orientation, that meets the predetermined criteria, continuing to apply the visual effect to the user interface object without reducing the amplitude of the visual effect.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more sensor devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: while the device is at a first orientation relative to a baseline orientation with respect to a reference point, displaying, on the display, a user interface object; while displaying the user interface object, detecting, via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the device from the first orientation relative to the reference point to a respective orientation relative to the reference point; in response to detecting the change in orientation of the device: changing an appearance of the user interface object by applying a visual effect to the user interface object that varies a set of one or more parameters of the user interface object as the orientation of the device changes relative to the reference point; in accordance with a determination that the change in orientation of the device includes movement, towards the baseline orientation, that meets predetermined criteria, reducing an amplitude of the visual effect; and in accordance with a determination that the change in orientation of the device includes movement, away from the baseline orientation, that meets the predetermined criteria, continuing to apply the visual effect to the user interface object without reducing the amplitude of the visual effect.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more sensor devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: while the device is at a first orientation relative to a baseline orientation with respect to a reference point, displaying, on the display, a user interface object; while displaying the user interface object, detecting, via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the device from the first orientation relative to the reference point to a respective orientation relative to the reference point; in response to detecting the change in orientation of the device: changing an appearance of the user interface object by applying a visual effect to the user interface object that varies a set of one or more parameters of the user interface object as the orientation of the device changes relative to the reference point; in accordance with a determination that the change in orientation of the device includes movement, towards the baseline orientation, that meets predetermined criteria, reducing an amplitude of the visual effect; and in accordance with a determination that the change in orientation of the device includes movement, away from the baseline orientation, that meets the predetermined criteria, continuing to apply the visual effect to the user interface object without reducing the amplitude of the visual effect.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more sensor devices; means, while the device is at a first orientation relative to a baseline orientation with respect to a reference point, for displaying, on the display, a user interface object; means, while displaying the user interface object, for detecting, via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the device from the first orientation relative to the reference point to a respective orientation relative to the reference point; means, in response to detecting the change in orientation of the device, for: changing an appearance of the user interface object by applying a visual effect to the user interface object that varies a set of one or more parameters of the user interface object as the orientation of the device changes relative to the reference point; in accordance with a determination that the change in orientation of the device includes movement, towards the baseline orientation, that meets predetermined criteria, reducing an amplitude of the visual effect; and in accordance with a determination that the change in orientation of the device includes movement, away from the baseline orientation, that meets the predetermined criteria, continuing to apply the visual effect to the user interface object without reducing the amplitude of the visual effect.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices is described. The method comprises: displaying, on the display, a message compose user interface that includes a message compose region for composing messages to a recipient; while displaying the message compose user interface, receiving a request to generate a draft message that includes respective content; and in response to receiving the request to generate the draft message, displaying, in the message compose region, a representation of the draft message, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the draft message is a first type of draft message that is designated for delivery as a concealed message, displaying at least a portion of the respective content of the draft message concurrently with a representation of a concealment element; and in accordance with a determination that the draft message is a second type of draft message that is designated for delivery as an unconcealed message, displaying at least a portion of the respective content of the draft message without displaying a representation of a concealment element.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a message compose user interface that includes a message compose region for composing messages to a recipient; while displaying the message compose user interface, receiving a request to generate a draft message that includes respective content; and in response to receiving the request to generate the draft message, displaying, in the message compose region, a representation of the draft message, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the draft message is a first type of draft message that is designated for delivery as a concealed message, displaying at least a portion of the respective content of the draft message concurrently with a representation of a concealment element; and in accordance with a determination that the draft message is a second type of draft message that is designated for delivery as an unconcealed message, displaying at least a portion of the respective content of the draft message without displaying a representation of a concealment element.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a message compose user interface that includes a message compose region for composing messages to a recipient; while displaying the message compose user interface, receiving a request to generate a draft message that includes respective content; and in response to receiving the request to generate the draft message, displaying, in the message compose region, a representation of the draft message, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the draft message is a first type of draft message that is designated for delivery as a concealed message, displaying at least a portion of the respective content of the draft message concurrently with a representation of a concealment element; and in accordance with a determination that the draft message is a second type of draft message that is designated for delivery as an unconcealed message, displaying at least a portion of the respective content of the draft message without displaying a representation of a concealment element.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a message compose user interface that includes a message compose region for composing messages to a recipient; while displaying the message compose user interface, receiving a request to generate a draft message that includes respective content; and in response to receiving the request to generate the draft message, displaying, in the message compose region, a representation of the draft message, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the draft message is a first type of draft message that is designated for delivery as a concealed message, displaying at least a portion of the respective content of the draft message concurrently with a representation of a concealment element; and in accordance with a determination that the draft message is a second type of draft message that is designated for delivery as an unconcealed message, displaying at least a portion of the respective content of the draft message without displaying a representation of a concealment element.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; means for displaying, on the display, a message compose user interface that includes a message compose region for composing messages to a recipient; means, while displaying the message compose user interface, for receiving a request to generate a draft message that includes respective content; and means, in response to receiving the request to generate the draft message, for displaying, in the message compose region, a representation of the draft message, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the draft message is a first type of draft message that is designated for delivery as a concealed message, displaying at least a portion of the respective content of the draft message concurrently with a representation of a concealment element; and in accordance with a determination that the draft message is a second type of draft message that is designated for delivery as an unconcealed message, displaying at least a portion of the respective content of the draft message without displaying a representation of a concealment element.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display, one or more input devices, and one or more sensors is described. The method comprises: displaying, on the display, a message user interface that includes at least a portion of a message conversation between a user of the device and one or more other participants; while displaying the message user interface, receiving a message; in response to receiving the message, displaying a representation of the message in the message conversation, including: in accordance with a determination that the message is a first type of message and is sent with instructions to initially conceal respective content of the message, displaying, in the message conversation, a concealment element that conceals the respective content of the message, wherein the concealment element is displayed with a dynamic visual effect that changes as an angle of the device relative to a reference point changes; in accordance with a determination that the message is the first type of message and was not sent with instructions to initially conceal the respective content of the message, displaying, in the message conversation, the respective content of the message with the dynamic visual effect that changes as an angle of the device relative to the reference point changes; and in accordance with a determination that the message is a second type of message, displaying, in the message conversation, the respective content of the message without the dynamic visual effect.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, one or more input devices, and one or more sensors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a message user interface that includes at least a portion of a message conversation between a user of the device and one or more other participants; while displaying the message user interface, receiving a message; in response to receiving the message, displaying a representation of the message in the message conversation, including: in accordance with a determination that the message is a first type of message and is sent with instructions to initially conceal respective content of the message, displaying, in the message conversation, a concealment element that conceals the respective content of the message, wherein the concealment element is displayed with a dynamic visual effect that changes as an angle of the device relative to a reference point changes; in accordance with a determination that the message is the first type of message and was not sent with instructions to initially conceal the respective content of the message, displaying, in the message conversation, the respective content of the message with the dynamic visual effect that changes as an angle of the device relative to the reference point changes; and in accordance with a determination that the message is a second type of message, displaying, in the message conversation, the respective content of the message without the dynamic visual effect.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, one or more input devices, and one or more sensors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a message user interface that includes at least a portion of a message conversation between a user of the device and one or more other participants; while displaying the message user interface, receiving a message; in response to receiving the message, displaying a representation of the message in the message conversation, including: in accordance with a determination that the message is a first type of message and is sent with instructions to initially conceal respective content of the message, displaying, in the message conversation, a concealment element that conceals the respective content of the message, wherein the concealment element is displayed with a dynamic visual effect that changes as an angle of the device relative to a reference point changes; in accordance with a determination that the message is the first type of message and was not sent with instructions to initially conceal the respective content of the message, displaying, in the message conversation, the respective content of the message with the dynamic visual effect that changes as an angle of the device relative to the reference point changes; and in accordance with a determination that the message is a second type of message, displaying, in the message conversation, the respective content of the message without the dynamic visual effect.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; one or more sensors; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, a message user interface that includes at least a portion of a message conversation between a user of the device and one or more other participants; while displaying the message user interface, receiving a message; in response to receiving the message, displaying a representation of the message in the message conversation, including: in accordance with a determination that the message is a first type of message and is sent with instructions to initially conceal respective content of the message, displaying, in the message conversation, a concealment element that conceals the respective content of the message, wherein the concealment element is displayed with a dynamic visual effect that changes as an angle of the device relative to a reference point changes; in accordance with a determination that the message is the first type of message and was not sent with instructions to initially conceal the respective content of the message, displaying, in the message conversation, the respective content of the message with the dynamic visual effect that changes as an angle of the device relative to the reference point changes; and in accordance with a determination that the message is a second type of message, displaying, in the message conversation, the respective content of the message without the dynamic visual effect.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; one or more sensors; means for displaying, on the display, a message user interface that includes at least a portion of a message conversation between a user of the device and one or more other participants; means, while displaying the message user interface, for receiving a message; means, in response to receiving the message, for displaying a representation of the message in the message conversation, including: means, in accordance with a determination that the message is a first type of message and is sent with instructions to initially conceal respective content of the message, for displaying, in the message conversation, a concealment element that conceals the respective content of the message, wherein the concealment element is displayed with a dynamic visual effect that changes as an angle of the device relative to a reference point changes; means, in accordance with a determination that the message is the first type of message and was not sent with instructions to initially conceal the respective content of the message, for displaying, in the message conversation, the respective content of the message with the dynamic visual effect that changes as an angle of the device relative to the reference point changes; and means, in accordance with a determination that the message is a second type of message, for displaying, in the message conversation, the respective content of the message without the dynamic visual effect.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display, a secure element, and one or more wireless communication radios is described. The method comprises: provisioning, using the secure element of the device, a group account onto the electronic device; transmitting, using the one or more wireless communication radios, a request for an amount of a type of item to a plurality of participants of a message conversation; subsequent to provisioning the group account onto the electronic device using the secure element of the device: adding an amount of a type of item received from a first participant of the plurality of participants to the group account, and adding an amount of the type of item received from a second participant of the plurality of participants to the group account; receiving a request to transmit credentials of the group account; and in response to receiving the request to transmit credentials of the group account: receiving authentication information; in accordance with a determination that the authentication information received at the device corresponds to enrolled authentication information, transmitting, via the one or more wireless communication radios, credentials of the group account; and in accordance with a determination that the authentication information received at the device does not correspond to enrolled authentication information, forgoing transmitting the credentials of the group account.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, a secure element, and one or more wireless communication radios, the one or more programs including instructions for: provisioning, using the secure element of the device, a group account onto the electronic device; transmitting, using the one or more wireless communication radios, a request for an amount of a type of item to a plurality of participants of a message conversation; subsequent to provisioning the group account onto the electronic device using the secure element of the device: adding an amount of a type of item received from a first participant of the plurality of participants to the group account, and adding an amount of the type of item received from a second participant of the plurality of participants to the group account; receiving a request to transmit credentials of the group account; and in response to receiving the request to transmit credentials of the group account: receiving authentication information; in accordance with a determination that the authentication information received at the device corresponds to enrolled authentication information, transmitting, via the one or more wireless communication radios, credentials of the group account; and in accordance with a determination that the authentication information received at the device does not correspond to enrolled authentication information, forgoing transmitting the credentials of the group account.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display, a secure element, and one or more wireless communication radios, the one or more programs including instructions for: provisioning, using the secure element of the device, a group account onto the electronic device; transmitting, using the one or more wireless communication radios, a request for an amount of a type of item to a plurality of participants of a message conversation; subsequent to provisioning the group account onto the electronic device using the secure element of the device: adding an amount of a type of item received from a first participant of the plurality of participants to the group account, and adding an amount of the type of item received from a second participant of the plurality of participants to the group account; receiving a request to transmit credentials of the group account; and in response to receiving the request to transmit credentials of the group account: receiving authentication information; in accordance with a determination that the authentication information received at the device corresponds to enrolled authentication information, transmitting, via the one or more wireless communication radios, credentials of the group account; and in accordance with a determination that the authentication information received at the device does not correspond to enrolled authentication information, forgoing transmitting the credentials of the group account.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; a secure element; one or more wireless communication radios; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: provisioning, using the secure element of the device, a group account onto the electronic device; transmitting, using the one or more wireless communication radios, a request for an amount of a type of item to a plurality of participants of a message conversation; subsequent to provisioning the group account onto the electronic device using the secure element of the device: adding an amount of a type of item received from a first participant of the plurality of participants to the group account, and adding an amount of the type of item received from a second participant of the plurality of participants to the group account; receiving a request to transmit credentials of the group account; and in response to receiving the request to transmit credentials of the group account: receiving authentication information; in accordance with a determination that the authentication information received at the device corresponds to enrolled authentication information, transmitting, via the one or more wireless communication radios, credentials of the group account; and in accordance with a determination that the authentication information received at the device does not correspond to enrolled authentication information, forgoing transmitting the credentials of the group account.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; a secure element; one or more wireless communication radios; means for provisioning, using the secure element of the device, a group account onto the electronic device; means for transmitting, using the one or more wireless communication radios, a request for an amount of a type of item to a plurality of participants of a message conversation; means, subsequent to provisioning the group account onto the electronic device using the secure element of the device, for: adding an amount of a type of item received from a first participant of the plurality of participants to the group account, and adding an amount of the type of item received from a second participant of the plurality of participants to the group account; means for receiving a request to transmit credentials of the group account; and means, in response to receiving the request to transmit credentials of the group account, for: receiving authentication information; in accordance with a determination that the authentication information received at the device corresponds to enrolled authentication information, transmitting, via the one or more wireless communication radios, credentials of the group account; and in accordance with a determination that the authentication information received at the device does not correspond to enrolled authentication information, forgoing transmitting the credentials of the group account.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices is described. The method comprises: displaying, on the display, at least a portion of a message conversation of a messaging application; while displaying at least the portion of the message conversation of the messaging application, displaying, on the display, a first affordance that is associated with management of items of a first type; detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user activation of the first affordance; and in response to detecting the user activation of the first affordance: in accordance with a determination that the message conversation is a group message conversation that includes more than two participants, displaying, on the display, a first user interface for setting up a shared item management account for managing items of the first type with participants in the message conversation; and in accordance with a determination that the message conversation is a one-on-one message conversation that includes two participants, displaying, on the display, a second user interface different from the first user interface for sending or requesting items of the first type from another participant in the message conversation without setting up the shared item management account for managing items of the first type.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, at least a portion of a message conversation of a messaging application; while displaying at least the portion of the message conversation of the messaging application, displaying, on the display, a first affordance that is associated with management of items of a first type; detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user activation of the first affordance; and in response to detecting the user activation of the first affordance: in accordance with a determination that the message conversation is a group message conversation that includes more than two participants, displaying, on the display, a first user interface for setting up a shared item management account for managing items of the first type with participants in the message conversation; and in accordance with a determination that the message conversation is a one-on-one message conversation that includes two participants, displaying, on the display, a second user interface different from the first user interface for sending or requesting items of the first type from another participant in the message conversation without setting up the shared item management account for managing items of the first type.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, at least a portion of a message conversation of a messaging application; while displaying at least the portion of the message conversation of the messaging application, displaying, on the display, a first affordance that is associated with management of items of a first type; detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user activation of the first affordance; and in response to detecting the user activation of the first affordance: in accordance with a determination that the message conversation is a group message conversation that includes more than two participants, displaying, on the display, a first user interface for setting up a shared item management account for managing items of the first type with participants in the message conversation; and in accordance with a determination that the message conversation is a one-on-one message conversation that includes two participants, displaying, on the display, a second user interface different from the first user interface for sending or requesting items of the first type from another participant in the message conversation without setting up the shared item management account for managing items of the first type.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, on the display, at least a portion of a message conversation of a messaging application; while displaying at least the portion of the message conversation of the messaging application, displaying, on the display, a first affordance that is associated with management of items of a first type; detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user activation of the first affordance; and in response to detecting the user activation of the first affordance: in accordance with a determination that the message conversation is a group message conversation that includes more than two participants, displaying, on the display, a first user interface for setting up a shared item management account for managing items of the first type with participants in the message conversation; and in accordance with a determination that the message conversation is a one-on-one message conversation that includes two participants, displaying, on the display, a second user interface different from the first user interface for sending or requesting items of the first type from another participant in the message conversation without setting up the shared item management account for managing items of the first type.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; one or more input devices; means for displaying, on the display, at least a portion of a message conversation of a messaging application; means, while displaying at least the portion of the message conversation of the messaging application, for displaying, on the display, a first affordance that is associated with management of items of a first type; means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, a user activation of the first affordance; and means, in response to detecting the user activation of the first affordance, for: in accordance with a determination that the message conversation is a group message conversation that includes more than two participants, displaying, on the display, a first user interface for setting up a shared item management account for managing items of the first type with participants in the message conversation; and in accordance with a determination that the message conversation is a one-on-one message conversation that includes two participants, displaying, on the display, a second user interface different from the first user interface for sending or requesting items of the first type from another participant in the message conversation without setting up the shared item management account for managing items of the first type.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display and a secure element is described. The method comprises: provisioning, using the secure element of the device, a group account onto the electronic device, wherein the group account is associated with items of a first type received from a plurality of participants associated with the group account, and wherein the group account is configured to expire after a predetermined time period; before the group account has expired, using a first subset of the items of the first type by transferring the items of the first type out of the group account; after using at least the first subset of the items of the first type, determining that the group account has expired; and in response to determining that the group account has expired: in accordance with a determination that the group account is associated with a first amount of the first type of item that is greater than zero, causing transfer of the items of the first type that are associated with the group account divided among the plurality of participants associated with the group account, including a first participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account and a second participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account; and in accordance with a determination that the group account is associated with a second amount of the first type of item that is greater than zero and is different from the first amount, causing transfer of the items of the first type that are associated with the group account divided among the plurality of participants associated with the group account, including the first participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account and the second participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and a secure element, the one or more programs including instructions for: provisioning, using the secure element of the device, a group account onto the electronic device, wherein the group account is associated with items of a first type received from a plurality of participants associated with the group account, and wherein the group account is configured to expire after a predetermined time period; before the group account has expired, using a first subset of the items of the first type by transferring the items of the first type out of the group account; after using at least the first subset of the items of the first type, determining that the group account has expired; and in response to determining that the group account has expired: in accordance with a determination that the group account is associated with a first amount of the first type of item that is greater than zero, causing transfer of the items of the first type that are associated with the group account divided among the plurality of participants associated with the group account, including a first participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account and a second participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account; and in accordance with a determination that the group account is associated with a second amount of the first type of item that is greater than zero and is different from the first amount, causing transfer of the items of the first type that are associated with the group account divided among the plurality of participants associated with the group account, including the first participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account and the second participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and a secure element, the one or more programs including instructions for: provisioning, using the secure element of the device, a group account onto the electronic device, wherein the group account is associated with items of a first type received from a plurality of participants associated with the group account, and wherein the group account is configured to expire after a predetermined time period; before the group account has expired, using a first subset of the items of the first type by transferring the items of the first type out of the group account; after using at least the first subset of the items of the first type, determining that the group account has expired; and in response to determining that the group account has expired: in accordance with a determination that the group account is associated with a first amount of the first type of item that is greater than zero, causing transfer of the items of the first type that are associated with the group account divided among the plurality of participants associated with the group account, including a first participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account and a second participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account; and in accordance with a determination that the group account is associated with a second amount of the first type of item that is greater than zero and is different from the first amount, causing transfer of the items of the first type that are associated with the group account divided among the plurality of participants associated with the group account, including the first participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account and the second participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; a secure element; one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: provisioning, using the secure element of the device, a group account onto the electronic device, wherein the group account is associated with items of a first type received from a plurality of participants associated with the group account, and wherein the group account is configured to expire after a predetermined time period; before the group account has expired, using a first subset of the items of the first type by transferring the items of the first type out of the group account; after using at least the first subset of the items of the first type, determining that the group account has expired; and in response to determining that the group account has expired: in accordance with a determination that the group account is associated with a first amount of the first type of item that is greater than zero, causing transfer of the items of the first type that are associated with the group account divided among the plurality of participants associated with the group account, including a first participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account and a second participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account; and in accordance with a determination that the group account is associated with a second amount of the first type of item that is greater than zero and is different from the first amount, causing transfer of the items of the first type that are associated with the group account divided among the plurality of participants associated with the group account, including the first participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account and the second participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display; a secure element; means for provisioning, using the secure element of the device, a group account onto the electronic device, wherein the group account is associated with items of a first type received from a plurality of participants associated with the group account, and wherein the group account is configured to expire after a predetermined time period; means, before the group account has expired, for using a first subset of the items of the first type by transferring the items of the first type out of the group account; means, after using at least the first subset of the items of the first type, for determining that the group account has expired; and means, in response to determining that the group account has expired, for: in accordance with a determination that the group account is associated with a first amount of the first type of item that is greater than zero, causing transfer of the items of the first type that are associated with the group account divided among the plurality of participants associated with the group account, including a first participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account and a second participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account; and in accordance with a determination that the group account is associated with a second amount of the first type of item that is greater than zero and is different from the first amount, causing transfer of the items of the first type that are associated with the group account divided among the plurality of participants associated with the group account, including the first participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account and the second participant of the plurality of participants associated with the group account.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices is described. The method comprises: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to perform an operation associated with a first transfer account; and in response to receiving the request to perform the operation associated with the first transfer account: in accordance with a determination that a balance of the first transfer account is below a balance threshold, concurrently displaying, on the display, the representation of the first transfer account with an insufficient balance notification; and in accordance with a determination that the balance of the first transfer account is not below the balance threshold, displaying, on the display, the representation of the first transfer account without displaying the insufficient balance notification.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices. The one or more programs include instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to perform an operation associated with a first transfer account; and in response to receiving the request to perform the operation associated with the first transfer account: in accordance with a determination that a balance of the first transfer account is below a balance threshold, concurrently displaying, on the display, the representation of the first transfer account with an insufficient balance notification; and in accordance with a determination that the balance of the first transfer account is not below the balance threshold, displaying, on the display, the representation of the first transfer account without displaying the insufficient balance notification.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a display and one or more input devices. The one or more programs include instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to perform an operation associated with a first transfer account; and in response to receiving the request to perform the operation associated with the first transfer account: in accordance with a determination that a balance of the first transfer account is below a balance threshold, concurrently displaying, on the display, the representation of the first transfer account with an insufficient balance notification; and in accordance with a determination that the balance of the first transfer account is not below the balance threshold, displaying, on the display, the representation of the first transfer account without displaying the insufficient balance notification.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display, one or more input devices, one or more processors, and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs include instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to perform an operation associated with a first transfer account; and in response to receiving the request to perform the operation associated with the first transfer account: in accordance with a determination that a balance of the first transfer account is below a balance threshold, concurrently displaying, on the display, the representation of the first transfer account with an insufficient balance notification; and in accordance with a determination that the balance of the first transfer account is not below the balance threshold, displaying, on the display, the representation of the first transfer account without displaying the insufficient balance notification.

In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: a display, one or more input devices, means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to perform an operation associated with a first transfer account; and means, in response to receiving the request to perform the operation associated with the first transfer account, for: in accordance with a determination that a balance of the first transfer account is below a balance threshold, concurrently displaying, on the display, the representation of the first transfer account with an insufficient balance notification; and in accordance with a determination that the balance of the first transfer account is not below the balance threshold, displaying, on the display, the representation of the first transfer account without displaying the insufficient balance notification.

Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.

Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for managing peer-to-peer transfers, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for managing peer-to-peer transfers.

For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.

FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 1 B is a block diagram illustrating example components for event handling, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 1 C is a block diagram illustrating example components for generating a tactile output, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an example multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 4 A illustrates an example user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 4 B illustrates an example user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 4 C- 4 H illustrate example tactile output patterns that have a particular waveform, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 5 A illustrates a personal electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 5 B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 5 C- 5 D illustrate example components of a personal electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and intensity sensors, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 5 E- 5 H illustrate example components and user interfaces of a personal electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 6 illustrates example devices connected via one or more communication channels, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 7 A- 7 E illustrate example user interfaces for initiating and managing file transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 8 A- 8 AH illustrate example user interfaces for initiating and managing transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 9 A- 9 I are a flow diagram illustrating methods of initiating and managing transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 10 A- 10 D illustrate example user interfaces for providing feedback to message objects corresponding to completed file transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 11 A- 11 V illustrate example user interfaces for providing feedback to message objects corresponding to completed transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 12 A- 12 C are a flow diagram illustrating methods of providing feedback to message objects corresponding to completed transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 13 A- 13 D illustrate example user interfaces for providing visually distinguishable message object appearances based on message designation, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 14 A- 14 M illustrate example user interfaces for providing visually distinguishable message object appearances based on message designation, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 15 A- 15 K are a flow diagram illustrating methods of providing visually distinguishable message object appearances based on message designation, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 16 A- 16 F illustrate example user interfaces for activating accounts for accepting and sending encrypted message transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 17 A- 17 L illustrate example user interfaces for activating accounts for accepting and sending transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 18 A- 18 F are a flow diagram illustrating methods of activating accounts for accepting and sending transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 19 A- 19 D illustrate example user interfaces for exchanging a user identification with a different user identification, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 20 A- 20 J illustrate example user interfaces for exchanging an account for use in a transfer, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 21 A- 21 D are a flow diagram illustrating methods of exchanging an account for use in a transfer, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 22 A- 22 F illustrate example user interfaces for splitting resource transfers between two or more resource accounts, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 23 A- 23 O illustrate example user interfaces for splitting transfers between two or more accounts, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 24 A- 24 C are a flow diagram illustrating methods of splitting transfers between two or more accounts, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 25 A- 25 C illustrate example user interfaces for generating and displaying an attachment transfers history list, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 26 A- 26 T illustrate example user interfaces for generating and displaying a transfers history list, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 27 A- 27 E are a flow diagram illustrating methods of generating and displaying a transfers history list, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 28 A- 28 F illustrate example user interfaces for voice-activation of file transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 29 A- 29 S illustrate example user interfaces for voice-activation of transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 30 A- 30 D are a flow diagram illustrating methods of voice-activation of transfers, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 31 A- 31 M illustrate example user interfaces for user verification, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 32 A- 32 D illustrate example user interfaces for automatic account on-boarding, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 33 A- 33 O illustrate example user interfaces for providing feedback corresponding to an operation associated with a transfer, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 34 A- 34 D are a flow diagram illustrating a method for providing feedback corresponding to an operation associated with a transfer, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 35 A- 35 J illustrate example user interfaces for sending a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 36 A- 36 Z illustrate example user interfaces for sending a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 37 A- 37 C are a flow diagram illustrating a method for sending a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 38 A- 38 F illustrate example user interfaces for managing a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 39 A- 39 L illustrate example user interfaces for managing a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 40 A- 40 B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 41 A- 44 D illustrate example user interfaces for creating and managing a group account, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 42 A- 42 O illustrate example user interfaces for creating and managing a group account, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 43 A- 43 C are a flow diagram illustrating a method for creating and managing a group account, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 44 A- 44 E illustrate example user interfaces for creating a group account versus a non-group account, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 45 A- 45 U illustrate example user interfaces for creating a group account versus a non-group account, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 46 A- 46 C are a flow diagram illustrating a method for creating a group account versus a non-group account, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 47 A- 47 H illustrate example user interfaces for managing a valid time period of a group account, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 48 A- 48 Y illustrate example user interfaces for managing a valid time period of a group account, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 49 A- 49 D are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing a time period of a group account, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 50 A- 50 AG illustrate examples user interfaces for managing balance notifications, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 51 A- 51 B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing balance notifications, in accordance with some embodiments.

The following description sets forth example methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of example embodiments.

There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for managing peer-to-peer transfers. For example, there is a need for electronic devices that provide a convenient and efficient method for sending and receiving transfers using commonly used messaging applications. For another example, there is a need for electronic devices that provide easier management for peer-to-peer transfers in a secure manner. For another example, there is a need for electronic devices that provide a quick and intuitive technique for viewing and managing transfer history. For another example, there is a need for electronic devices that can accept transfers without user input or wither minimal user input. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who accesses and utilizes peer-to-peer transfers, thereby enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs.

Below, FIGS. 1 A- 1 C, 2 , 3 , 4 A- 4 H, 5 A- 5 H provide a description of example devices for performing the techniques for managing peer-to-peer transfers. FIG. 6 illustrates example devices connected via one or more communication channels, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 7 A- 7 E illustrate example user interfaces for initiating and managing transfers file transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 8 A- 8 AH illustrate example user interfaces for initiating and managing transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 9 A- 9 I are a flow diagram illustrating methods of initiating and managing transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 7 A- 7 E and FIGS. 8 A- 8 AH are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 9 A- 9 I . FIGS. 10 A- 10 D illustrate example user interfaces for providing feedback to message objects corresponding to completed file transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 11 A- 11 V illustrate example user interfaces for providing feedback to message objects corresponding to completed transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 12 A- 12 C are a flow diagram illustrating methods of providing feedback to message objects corresponding to completed transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 10 A- 10 D and FIGS. 11 A- 11 V are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 12 A- 12 C . FIGS. 13 A- 13 D illustrate example user interfaces for providing visually distinguishable message object appearances based on message designation, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 14 A- 14 M illustrate example user interfaces for providing visually distinguishable message object appearances based on message designation, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 15 A- 15 K are a flow diagram illustrating methods of providing visually distinguishable message object appearances based on message designation, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 13 A- 13 D and FIGS. 14 A- 14 M are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 15 A- 15 K . FIGS. 16 A- 16 F illustrate example user interfaces for activating accounts for accepting and sending encrypted message transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 17 A- 17 L illustrate example user interfaces for activating accounts for accepting and sending transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 18 A- 18 F are a flow diagram illustrating methods of activating accounts for accepting and sending transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 16 A- 16 F and FIGS. 17 A- 17 L are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 18 A- 18 F . FIGS. 19 A- 19 D illustrate example user interfaces for exchanging a user identification with a different user identification, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 20 A- 20 J illustrate example user interfaces for exchanging an account for use in a transfer, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 21 A- 21 D are a flow diagram illustrating methods of exchanging an account for use in a transfer, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 19 A- 19 D and FIGS. 20 A- 20 J are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 21 A- 21 D . FIGS. 22 A- 22 F illustrate example user interfaces for splitting resource transfers between two or more resource accounts, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 23 A- 23 O illustrate example user interfaces for splitting transfers between two or more accounts, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 24 A- 24 C are a flow diagram illustrating methods of splitting transfers between two or more accounts, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 22 A- 22 F and FIGS. 23 A- 23 O are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 24 A- 24 C . FIGS. 25 A- 25 C illustrate example user interfaces for generating and displaying an attachment transfers history list, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 26 A- 26 T illustrate example user interfaces for generating and displaying a transfers history list, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 27 A- 27 E are a flow diagram illustrating methods of generating and displaying a transfers history list, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 25 A- 25 C and FIGS. 26 A- 26 T are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 27 A- 27 E . FIGS. 28 A- 28 F illustrate example user interfaces for voice-activation of file transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 29 A- 29 S illustrate example user interfaces for voice-activation of transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 30 A- 30 D are a flow diagram illustrating methods of voice-activation of transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 28 A- 28 F and FIGS. 29 A- 29 S are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 30 A- 30 D . FIGS. 31 A- 31 M illustrate example user interfaces for user verification, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 32 A- 32 D illustrate example user interfaces for automatic account on-boarding, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 33 A- 33 O illustrate example user interfaces for providing feedback corresponding to an operation associated with a transfer, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 34 A- 34 D are a flow diagram illustrating a method for providing feedback corresponding to an operation associated with a transfer, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 33 A- 33 O are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 34 A- 34 D . FIGS. 35 A- 35 J illustrate example user interfaces for sending a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 36 A- 36 Z illustrate example user interfaces for sending a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 37 A- 37 C are a flow diagram illustrating a method for sending a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 35 A- 35 J and FIGS. 36 A- 36 Z are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 37 A- 37 C . FIGS. 38 A- 38 F illustrate example user interfaces for managing a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 39 A- 39 L illustrate example user interfaces for managing a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 40 A- 40 B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing a gift transfer, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 38 A- 38 F and FIGS. 39 A- 39 L are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 40 A- 40 B . FIGS. 41 A- 44 D illustrate example user interfaces for creating and managing a group account, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 42 A- 42 O illustrate example user interfaces for creating and managing a group account, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 43 A- 43 C are a flow diagram illustrating a method for creating and managing a group account, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 41 A- 41 D and FIGS. 42 A- 42 O are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 43 A- 43 C . FIGS. 44 A- 44 E illustrate example user interfaces for creating a group account versus a non-group account, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 45 A- 45 U illustrate example user interfaces for creating a group account versus a non-group account, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 46 A- 46 C are a flow diagram illustrating a method for creating a group account versus a non-group account, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 44 A- 44 E and FIGS. 45 A- 45 U are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 46 A- 46 C . FIGS. 47 A- 47 H illustrate example user interfaces for managing a valid time period of a group account, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 48 A- 48 Y illustrate example user interfaces for managing a valid time period of a group account, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 49 A- 49 D are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing a time period of a group account, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 47 A- 47 H and FIGS. 48 A- 48 Y are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 49 A- 49 D . FIGS. 50 A- 50 AG illustrate examples user interfaces for managing balance notifications, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 51 A- 51 B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing balance notifications, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 50 A- 50 AG are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 51 A- 51 B .

Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch.

The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.

The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.

Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Example embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad).

In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.

The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.

The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.

Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller 122 , one or more processing units (CPUs) 120 , peripherals interface 118 , RF circuitry 108 , audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , microphone 113 , secure element 115 , input/output (I/O) subsystem 106 , other input control devices 116 , and external port 124 . Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164 . Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 ). Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103 .

As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).

As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. Using tactile outputs to provide haptic feedback to a user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, a tactile output pattern specifies characteristics of a tactile output, such as the amplitude of the tactile output, the shape of a movement waveform of the tactile output, the frequency of the tactile output, and/or the duration of the tactile output.

When tactile outputs with different tactile output patterns are generated by a device (e.g., via one or more tactile output generators that move a moveable mass to generate tactile outputs), the tactile outputs may invoke different haptic sensations in a user holding or touching the device. While the sensation of the user is based on the user's perception of the tactile output, most users will be able to identify changes in waveform, frequency, and amplitude of tactile outputs generated by the device. Thus, the waveform, frequency and amplitude can be adjusted to indicate to the user that different operations have been performed. As such, tactile outputs with tactile output patterns that are designed, selected, and/or engineered to simulate characteristics (e.g., size, material, weight, stiffness, smoothness, etc.); behaviors (e.g., oscillation, displacement, acceleration, rotation, expansion, etc.); and/or interactions (e.g., collision, adhesion, repulsion, attraction, friction, etc.) of objects in a given environment (e.g., a user interface that includes graphical features and objects, a simulated physical environment with virtual boundaries and virtual objects, a real physical environment with physical boundaries and physical objects, and/or a combination of any of the above) will, in some circumstances, provide helpful feedback to users that reduces input errors and increases the efficiency of the user's operation of the device. Additionally, tactile outputs are, optionally, generated to correspond to feedback that is unrelated to a simulated physical characteristic, such as an input threshold or a selection of an object. Such tactile outputs will, in some circumstances, provide helpful feedback to users that reduces input errors and increases the efficiency of the user's operation of the device.

In some embodiments, a tactile output with a suitable tactile output pattern serves as a cue for the occurrence of an event of interest in a user interface or behind the scenes in a device. Examples of the events of interest include activation of an affordance (e.g., a real or virtual button, or toggle switch) provided on the device or in a user interface, success or failure of a requested operation, reaching or crossing a boundary in a user interface, entry into a new state, switching of input focus between objects, activation of a new mode, reaching or crossing an input threshold, detection or recognition of a type of input or gesture, etc. In some embodiments, tactile outputs are provided to serve as a warning or an alert for an impending event or outcome that would occur unless a redirection or interruption input is timely detected. Tactile outputs are also used in other contexts to enrich the user experience, improve the accessibility of the device to users with visual or motor difficulties or other accessibility needs, and/or improve efficiency and functionality of the user interface and/or the device. Tactile outputs are optionally accompanied with audio outputs and/or visible user interface changes, which further enhance a user's experience when the user interacts with a user interface and/or the device, and facilitate better conveyance of information regarding the state of the user interface and/or the device, and which reduce input errors and increase the efficiency of the user's operation of the device.

FIGS. 4 C- 4 E provide a set of sample tactile output patterns that may be used, either individually or in combination, either as is or through one or more transformations (e.g., modulation, amplification, truncation, etc.), to create suitable haptic feedback in various scenarios and for various purposes, such as those mentioned above and those described with respect to the user interfaces and methods discussed herein. This example of a palette of tactile outputs shows how a set of three waveforms and eight frequencies can be used to produce an array of tactile output patterns. In addition to the tactile output patterns shown in this figure, each of these tactile output patterns is optionally adjusted in amplitude by changing a gain value for the tactile output pattern, as shown, for example for FullTap 80 Hz, FullTap 200 Hz, MiniTap 80 Hz, MiniTap 200 Hz, MicroTap 80 Hz, and MicroTap 200 Hz in FIGS. 4 F- 4 H , which are each shown with variants having a gain of 1.0, 0.75, 0.5, and 0.25. As shown in FIGS. 4 F- 4 H , changing the gain of a tactile output pattern changes the amplitude of the pattern without changing the frequency of the pattern or changing the shape of the waveform. In some embodiments, changing the frequency of a tactile output pattern also results in a lower amplitude as some tactile output generators are limited by how much force can be applied to the moveable mass and thus higher frequency movements of the mass are constrained to lower amplitudes to ensure that the acceleration needed to create the waveform does not require force outside of an operational force range of the tactile output generator (e.g., the peak amplitudes of the FullTap at 230 Hz, 270 Hz, and 300 Hz are lower than the amplitudes of the FullTap at 80 Hz, 100 Hz, 125 Hz, and 200 Hz).

FIGS. 4 C- 4 H show tactile output patterns that have a particular waveform. The waveform of a tactile output pattern represents the pattern of physical displacements relative to a neutral position (e.g., x zero ) versus time that an moveable mass goes through to generate a tactile output with that tactile output pattern. For example, a first set of tactile output patterns shown in FIG. 4 C (e.g., tactile output patterns of a “FullTap”) each have a waveform that includes an oscillation with two complete cycles (e.g., an oscillation that starts and ends in a neutral position and crosses the neutral position three times). A second set of tactile output patterns shown in FIG. 4 D (e.g., tactile output patterns of a “MiniTap”) each have a waveform that includes an oscillation that includes one complete cycle (e.g., an oscillation that starts and ends in a neutral position and crosses the neutral position one time). A third set of tactile output patterns shown in FIG. 4 E (e.g., tactile output patterns of a “MicroTap”) each have a waveform that includes an oscillation that include one half of a complete cycle (e.g., an oscillation that starts and ends in a neutral position and does not cross the neutral position). The waveform of a tactile output pattern also includes a start buffer and an end buffer that represent the gradual speeding up and slowing down of the moveable mass at the start and at the end of the tactile output. The example waveforms shown in FIGS. 4 C- 4 H include x min and x max values which represent the maximum and minimum extent of movement of the moveable mass. For larger electronic devices with larger moveable masses, there may be larger or smaller minimum and maximum extents of movement of the mass. The examples shown in FIGS. 4 C- 4 H describe movement of a mass in 1 dimension, however similar principles would also apply to movement of a moveable mass in two or three dimensions.

As shown in FIGS. 4 C- 4 E , each tactile output pattern also has a corresponding characteristic frequency that affects the “pitch” of a haptic sensation that is felt by a user from a tactile output with that characteristic frequency. For a continuous tactile output, the characteristic frequency represents the number of cycles that are completed within a given period of time (e.g., cycles per second) by the moveable mass of the tactile output generator. For a discrete tactile output, a discrete output signal (e.g., with 0.5, 1, or 2 cycles) is generated, and the characteristic frequency value specifies how fast the moveable mass needs to move to generate a tactile output with that characteristic frequency. As shown in FIGS. 4 C- 4 H , for each type of tactile output (e.g., as defined by a respective waveform, such as FullTap, MiniTap, or MicroTap), a higher frequency value corresponds to faster movement(s) by the moveable mass, and hence, in general, a shorter time to complete the tactile output (e.g., including the time to complete the required number of cycle(s) for the discrete tactile output, plus a start and an end buffer time). For example, a FullTap with a characteristic frequency of 80 Hz takes longer to complete than FullTap with a characteristic frequency of 100 Hz (e.g., 35.4 ms vs. 28.3 ms in FIG. 4 C ). In addition, for a given frequency, a tactile output with more cycles in its waveform at a respective frequency takes longer to complete than a tactile output with fewer cycles its waveform at the same respective frequency. For example, a FullTap at 150 Hz takes longer to complete than a MiniTap at 150 Hz (e.g., 19.4 ms vs. 12.8 ms), and a MiniTap at 150 Hz takes longer to complete than a MicroTap at 150 Hz (e.g., 12.8 ms vs. 9.4 ms). However, for tactile output patterns with different frequencies this rule may not apply (e.g., tactile outputs with more cycles but a higher frequency may take a shorter amount of time to complete than tactile outputs with fewer cycles but a lower frequency, and vice versa). For example, at 300 Hz, a FullTap takes as long as a MiniTap (e.g., 9.9 ms).

As shown in FIGS. 4 C- 4 E , a tactile output pattern also has a characteristic amplitude that affects the amount of energy that is contained in a tactile signal, or a “strength” of a haptic sensation that may be felt by a user through a tactile output with that characteristic amplitude. In some embodiments, the characteristic amplitude of a tactile output pattern refers to an absolute or normalized value that represents the maximum displacement of the moveable mass from a neutral position when generating the tactile output. In some embodiments, the characteristic amplitude of a tactile output pattern is adjustable, e.g., by a fixed or dynamically determined gain factor (e.g., a value between 0 and 1), in accordance with various conditions (e.g., customized based on user interface contexts and behaviors) and/or preconfigured metrics (e.g., input-based metrics, and/or user-interface-based metrics). In some embodiments, an input-based metric (e.g., an intensity-change metric or an input-speed metric) measures a characteristic of an input (e.g., a rate of change of a characteristic intensity of a contact in a press input or a rate of movement of the contact across a touch-sensitive surface) during the input that triggers generation of a tactile output. In some embodiments, a user-interface-based metric (e.g., a speed-across-boundary metric) measures a characteristic of a user interface element (e.g., a speed of movement of the element across a hidden or visible boundary in a user interface) during the user interface change that triggers generation of the tactile output. In some embodiments, the characteristic amplitude of a tactile output pattern may be modulated by an “envelope” and the peaks of adjacent cycles may have different amplitudes, where one of the waveforms shown above is further modified by multiplication by an envelope parameter that changes over time (e.g., from 0 to 1) to gradually adjust amplitude of portions of the tactile output over time as the tactile output is being generated.

Although specific frequencies, amplitudes, and waveforms are represented in the sample tactile output patterns in FIGS. 4 C- 4 E for illustrative purposes, tactile output patterns with other frequencies, amplitudes, and waveforms may be used for similar purposes. For example, waveforms that have between 0.5 to 4 cycles can be used. Other frequencies in the range of 60 Hz-400 Hz may be used as well. Table 1 provides examples of particular haptic feedback behaviors, configurations, and examples of their use.

It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG. 1 A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits.

Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller 122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device 100 .

Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102 . The one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118 , CPU 120 , and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.

RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document.

Audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100 . Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111 . Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212 , FIG. 2 ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).

Secure element (e.g., 115 ) is a hardware component (e.g., a secure microcontroller chip) configured to securely store data or an algorithm such that the securely stored data is not accessible by the device without proper authentication information from a user of the device. Keeping the securely stored data in a secure element that is separate from other storage on the device prevents access to the securely stored data even if other storage locations on the device are compromised (e.g., by malicious code or other attempts to compromise information stored on the device). In some examples, the secure element provides (or releases) payment information (e.g., an account number and/or a transaction-specific dynamic security code). In some examples, the secure element provides (or releases) the payment information in response to the device receiving authorization, such as a user authentication (e.g., fingerprint authentication; passcode authentication; detecting double-press of a hardware button when the device is in an unlocked state, and optionally, while the device has been continuously on a user's wrist since the device was unlocked by providing authentication credentials to the device, where the continuous presence of the device on the user's wrist is determined by periodically checking that the device is in contact with the user's skin). For example, the device detects a fingerprint at a fingerprint sensor (e.g., a fingerprint sensor integrated into a button) of the device. The device determines whether the fingerprint is consistent with a registered fingerprint. In accordance with a determination that the fingerprint is consistent with the registered fingerprint, the secure element provides (or releases) payment information. In accordance with a determination that the fingerprint is not consistent with the registered fingerprint, the secure element forgoes providing (or releasing) payment information.

Additional details regarding the secure element and related techniques are described in the following applications: U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 61/912,727, entitled “PROVISIONING AND AUTHENTICATING CREDENTIALS ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE”, filed Dec. 6, 2013; U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 62/004,182, entitled “ONLINE PAYMENTS USING A SECURE ELEMENT OF AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE”, filed May 28, 2014; U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 61/899,737, entitled “USING BIOAUTHENTICATION IN NEAR-FIELD-COMMUNICATION TRANSACTIONS”, filed Nov. 4, 2013; U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 61/905,035, entitled “GENERATING TRANSACTION IDENTIFIERS”, filed Nov. 15, 2013; U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 62/004,837, entitled “METHODS FOR MANAGING PAYMENT APPLETS ON A SECURE ELEMENT TO CONDUCT MOBILE PAYMENT TRANSACTIONS”, filed May 29, 2014; U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 62/004,832, entitled “METHODS FOR USING A RANDOM AUTHORIZATION NUMBER TO PROVIDE ENHANCED SECURITY FOR A SECURE ELEMENT”, filed May 29, 2014; and U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 62/004,338, entitled “USER DEVICE SECURE PARTICIPATION IN TRANSACTIONS VIA LOCAL SECURE ELEMENT DETECTION OF MECHANICAL INPUT”, filed May 29, 2014; which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100 , such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116 , to peripherals interface 118 . I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156 , optical sensor controller 158 , intensity sensor controller 159 , haptic feedback controller 161 , and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices 116 . The other input control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 160 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208 , FIG. 2 ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113 . The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206 , FIG. 2 ).

A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206 ) optionally turns power to device 100 on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.

Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112 . Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.

Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112 . In an example embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.

Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112 . In an example embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.

A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100 , whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.

A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.

Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.

In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.

Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164 . FIG. 1 A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106 . Optical sensor 164 optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch screen display 112 on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 . FIG. 1 A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106 . Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch screen display 112 , which is located on the front of device 100 .

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166 . FIG. 1 A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118 . Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is, optionally, coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106 . Proximity sensor 166 optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167 . FIG. 1 A shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106 . Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 100 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100 ). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch screen display 112 , which is located on the front of device 100 .

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168 . FIG. 1 A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118 . Alternately, accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled to an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106 . Accelerometer 168 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168 , a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100 .

In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126 , communication module (or set of instructions) 128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130 , graphics module (or set of instructions) 132 , text input module (or set of instructions) 134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135 , and applications (or sets of instructions) 136 . Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 102 ( FIG. 1 A ) or 370 ( FIG. 3 ) stores device/global internal state 157 , as shown in FIGS. 1 A and 3 . Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display 112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device's various sensors and input control devices 116 ; and location information concerning the device's location and/or attitude.

Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.

Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124 . External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.

In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter).

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.

Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.

In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156 .

Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100 .

Text input module 134 , which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137 , e-mail 140 , IM 141 , browser 147 , and any other application that needs text input).

GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).

Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:

Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list); Telephone module 138 ; Video conference module 139 ; E-mail client module 140 ; Instant messaging (IM) module 141 ; Workout support module 142 ; Camera module 143 for still and/or video images; Image management module 144 ; Video player module; Music player module; Browser module 147 ; Calendar module 148 ; Widget modules 149 , which optionally include one or more of: weather widget 149 - 1 , stocks widget 149 - 2 , calculator widget 149 - 3 , alarm clock widget 149 - 4 , dictionary widget 149 - 5 , and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149 - 6 ; Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149 - 6 ; Search module 151 ; Video and music player module 152 , which merges video player module and music player module; Notes module 153 ; Map module 154 ; and/or Online video module 155 .

Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.

In conjunction with touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , and text input module 134 , contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138 , video conference module 139 , e-mail 140 , or IM 141 ; and so forth.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108 , audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , microphone 113 , touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , and text input module 134 , telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108 , audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , microphone 113 , touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , optical sensor 164 , optical sensor controller 158 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , text input module 134 , contacts module 137 , and telephone module 138 , video conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108 , touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , and text input module 134 , e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144 , e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143 .

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108 , touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , and text input module 134 , the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108 , touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , text input module 134 , GPS module 135 , map module 154 , and music player module, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data.

In conjunction with touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , optical sensor(s) 164 , optical sensor controller 158 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , and image management module 144 , camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102 .

In conjunction with touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , text input module 134 , and camera module 143 , image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108 , touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , and text input module 134 , browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108 , touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , text input module 134 , e-mail client module 140 , and browser module 147 , calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108 , touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , text input module 134 , and browser module 147 , widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149 - 1 , stocks widget 149 - 2 , calculator widget 149 - 3 , alarm clock widget 149 - 4 , and dictionary widget 149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 149 - 6 ). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108 , touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , text input module 134 , and browser module 147 , the widget creator module 150 are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).

In conjunction with touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , and text input module 134 , search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , RF circuitry 108 , and browser module 147 , video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via external port 124 ). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).

In conjunction with touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , and text input module 134 , notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108 , touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , text input module 134 , GPS module 135 , and browser module 147 , map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with touch screen 112 , display controller 156 , contact/motion module 130 , graphics module 132 , audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , RF circuitry 108 , text input module 134 , e-mail client module 140 , and browser module 147 , online video module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141 , rather than e-mail client module 140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152 , FIG. 1 A ). In some embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.

In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.

The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 100 . In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.

FIG. 1 B is a block diagram illustrating example components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 ( FIG. 1 A ) or 370 ( FIG. 3 ) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126 ) and a respective application 136 - 1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137 - 151 , 155 , 380 - 390 ).

Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136 - 1 and application view 191 of application 136 - 1 to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174 . In some embodiments, application 136 - 1 includes application internal state 192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.

In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136 - 1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.

Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display 112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166 , accelerometer(s) 168 , and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110 ). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.

In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).

In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173 .

Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.

Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.

Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module 172 , the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.

Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.

Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173 , event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182 .

In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170 . Alternatively, application 136 - 1 includes event sorter 170 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102 , such as contact/motion module 130 .

In some embodiments, application 136 - 1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application's user interface. Each application view 191 of the application 136 - 1 includes one or more event recognizers 180 . Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application 136 - 1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176 , object updater 177 , GUI updater 178 , and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170 . Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 , object updater 177 , or GUI updater 178 to update the application internal state 192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191 .

A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179 ) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183 , and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions).

Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.

Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186 . Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 ( 187 - 1 ), event 2 ( 187 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event ( 187 ) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event 1 ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event 2 ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display 112 , and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190 .

In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112 , event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.

In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event ( 187 ) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer's event type.

When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186 , the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.

In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.

In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190 . Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.

In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.

In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136 - 1 . For example, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137 , or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136 - 1 . For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.

In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 . In some embodiments, data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective application 136 - 1 or application view 191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.

FIG. 1 C is a block diagram illustrating a tactile output module in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, I/O subsystem 106 (e.g., haptic feedback controller 161 ( FIG. 1 A ) and/or other input controller(s) 160 ( FIG. 1 A )) includes at least some of the example components shown in FIG. 1 C . In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118 includes at least some of the example components shown in FIG. 1 C .

In some embodiments, the tactile output module includes haptic feedback module 133 . In some embodiments, haptic feedback module 133 aggregates and combines tactile outputs for user interface feedback from software applications on the electronic device (e.g., feedback that is responsive to user inputs that correspond to displayed user interfaces and alerts and other notifications that indicate the performance of operations or occurrence of events in user interfaces of the electronic device). Haptic feedback module 133 includes one or more of: waveform module 123 (for providing waveforms used for generating tactile outputs), mixer 125 (for mixing waveforms, such as waveforms in different channels), compressor 127 (for reducing or compressing a dynamic range of the waveforms), low-pass filter 129 (for filtering out high frequency signal components in the waveforms), and thermal controller 131 (for adjusting the waveforms in accordance with thermal conditions). In some embodiments, haptic feedback module 133 is included in haptic feedback controller 161 ( FIG. 1 A ). In some embodiments, a separate unit of haptic feedback module 133 (or a separate implementation of haptic feedback module 133 ) is also included in an audio controller (e.g., audio circuitry 110 , FIG. 1 A ) and used for generating audio signals. In some embodiments, a single haptic feedback module 133 is used for generating audio signals and generating waveforms for tactile outputs.

In some embodiments, haptic feedback module 133 also includes trigger module 121 (e.g., a software application, operating system, or other software module that determines a tactile output is to be generated and initiates the process for generating the corresponding tactile output). In some embodiments, trigger module 121 generates trigger signals for initiating generation of waveforms (e.g., by waveform module 123 ). For example, trigger module 121 generates trigger signals based on preset timing criteria. In some embodiments, trigger module 121 receives trigger signals from outside haptic feedback module 133 (e.g., in some embodiments, haptic feedback module 133 receives trigger signals from hardware input processing module 146 located outside haptic feedback module 133 ) and relays the trigger signals to other components within haptic feedback module 133 (e.g., waveform module 123 ) or software applications that trigger operations (e.g., with trigger module 121 ) based on activation of a user interface element (e.g., an application icon or an affordance within an application) or a hardware input device (e.g., a home button or an intensity-sensitive input surface, such as an intensity-sensitive touch screen). In some embodiments, trigger module 121 also receives tactile feedback generation instructions (e.g., from haptic feedback module 133 , FIGS. 1 A and 3 ). In some embodiments, trigger module 121 generates trigger signals in response to haptic feedback module 133 (or trigger module 121 in haptic feedback module 133 ) receiving tactile feedback instructions (e.g., from haptic feedback module 133 , FIGS. 1 A and 3 ).

Waveform module 123 receives trigger signals (e.g., from trigger module 121 ) as an input, and in response to receiving trigger signals, provides waveforms for generation of one or more tactile outputs (e.g., waveforms selected from a predefined set of waveforms designated for use by waveform module 123 , such as the waveforms described in greater detail below with reference to FIGS. 4 C- 4 D ).

Mixer 125 receives waveforms (e.g., from waveform module 123 ) as an input, and mixes together the waveforms. For example, when mixer 125 receives two or more waveforms (e.g., a first waveform in a first channel and a second waveform that at least partially overlaps with the first waveform in a second channel) mixer 125 outputs a combined waveform that corresponds to a sum of the two or more waveforms. In some embodiments, mixer 125 also modifies one or more waveforms of the two or more waveforms to emphasize particular waveform(s) over the rest of the two or more waveforms (e.g., by increasing a scale of the particular waveform(s) and/or decreasing a scale of the rest of the waveforms). In some circumstances, mixer 125 selects one or more waveforms to remove from the combined waveform (e.g., the waveform from the oldest source is dropped when there are waveforms from more than three sources that have been requested to be output concurrently by tactile output generator 167 ).

Compressor 127 receives waveforms (e.g., a combined waveform from mixer 125 ) as an input, and modifies the waveforms. In some embodiments, compressor 127 reduces the waveforms (e.g., in accordance with physical specifications of tactile output generators 167 (FIG. 1 A) or 357 ( FIG. 3 )) so that tactile outputs corresponding to the waveforms are reduced. In some embodiments, compressor 127 limits the waveforms, such as by enforcing a predefined maximum amplitude for the waveforms. For example, compressor 127 reduces amplitudes of portions of waveforms that exceed a predefined amplitude threshold while maintaining amplitudes of portions of waveforms that do not exceed the predefined amplitude threshold. In some embodiments, compressor 127 reduces a dynamic range of the waveforms. In some embodiments, compressor 127 dynamically reduces the dynamic range of the waveforms so that the combined waveforms remain within performance specifications of the tactile output generator 167 (e.g., force and/or moveable mass displacement limits).

Low-pass filter 129 receives waveforms (e.g., compressed waveforms from compressor 127 ) as an input, and filters (e.g., smooths) the waveforms (e.g., removes or reduces high frequency signal components in the waveforms). For example, in some instances, compressor 127 includes, in compressed waveforms, extraneous signals (e.g., high frequency signal components) that interfere with the generation of tactile outputs and/or exceed performance specifications of tactile output generator 167 when the tactile outputs are generated in accordance with the compressed waveforms. Low-pass filter 129 reduces or removes such extraneous signals in the waveforms.

Thermal controller 131 receives waveforms (e.g., filtered waveforms from low-pass filter 129 ) as an input, and adjusts the waveforms in accordance with thermal conditions of device 100 (e.g., based on internal temperatures detected within device 100 , such as the temperature of haptic feedback controller 161 , and/or external temperatures detected by device 100 ). For example, in some cases, the output of haptic feedback controller 161 varies depending on the temperature (e.g. haptic feedback controller 161 , in response to receiving same waveforms, generates a first tactile output when haptic feedback controller 161 is at a first temperature and generates a second tactile output when haptic feedback controller 161 is at a second temperature that is distinct from the first temperature). For example, the magnitude (or the amplitude) of the tactile outputs may vary depending on the temperature. To reduce the effect of the temperature variations, the waveforms are modified (e.g., an amplitude of the waveforms is increased or decreased based on the temperature).

In some embodiments, haptic feedback module 133 (e.g., trigger module 121 ) is coupled to hardware input processing module 146 . In some embodiments, other input controller(s) 160 in FIG. 1 A includes hardware input processing module 146 . In some embodiments, hardware input processing module 146 receives inputs from hardware input device 145 (e.g., other input or control devices 116 in FIG. 1 A , such as a home button or an intensity-sensitive input surface, such as an intensity-sensitive touch screen). In some embodiments, hardware input device 145 is any input device described herein, such as touch-sensitive display system 112 ( FIG. 1 A ), keyboard/mouse 350 ( FIG. 3 ), touchpad 355 ( FIG. 3 ), one of other input or control devices 116 ( FIG. 1 A ), or an intensity-sensitive home button. In some embodiments, hardware input device 145 consists of an intensity-sensitive home button, and not touch-sensitive display system 112 ( FIG. 1 A ), keyboard/mouse 350 ( FIG. 3 ), or touchpad 355 ( FIG. 3 ). In some embodiments, in response to inputs from hardware input device 145 (e.g., an intensity-sensitive home button or a touch screen), hardware input processing module 146 provides one or more trigger signals to haptic feedback module 133 to indicate that a user input satisfying predefined input criteria, such as an input corresponding to a “click” of a home button (e.g., a “down click” or an “up click”), has been detected. In some embodiments, haptic feedback module 133 provides waveforms that correspond to the “click” of a home button in response to the input corresponding to the “click” of a home button, simulating a haptic feedback of pressing a physical home button.

In some embodiments, the tactile output module includes haptic feedback controller 161 (e.g., haptic feedback controller 161 in FIG. 1 A ), which controls the generation of tactile outputs. In some embodiments, haptic feedback controller 161 is coupled to a plurality of tactile output generators, and selects one or more tactile output generators of the plurality of tactile output generators and sends waveforms to the selected one or more tactile output generators for generating tactile outputs. In some embodiments, haptic feedback controller 161 coordinates tactile output requests that correspond to activation of hardware input device 145 and tactile output requests that correspond to software events (e.g., tactile output requests from haptic feedback module 133 ) and modifies one or more waveforms of the two or more waveforms to emphasize particular waveform(s) over the rest of the two or more waveforms (e.g., by increasing a scale of the particular waveform(s) and/or decreasing a scale of the rest of the waveforms, such as to prioritize tactile outputs that correspond to activations of hardware input device 145 over tactile outputs that correspond to software events).

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 1 C , an output of haptic feedback controller 161 is coupled to audio circuitry of device 100 (e.g., audio circuitry 110 , FIG. 1 A ), and provides audio signals to audio circuitry of device 100 . In some embodiments, haptic feedback controller 161 provides both waveforms used for generating tactile outputs and audio signals used for providing audio outputs in conjunction with generation of the tactile outputs. In some embodiments, haptic feedback controller 161 modifies audio signals and/or waveforms (used for generating tactile outputs) so that the audio outputs and the tactile outputs are synchronized (e.g., by delaying the audio signals and/or waveforms). In some embodiments, haptic feedback controller 161 includes a digital-to-analog converter used for converting digital waveforms into analog signals, which are received by amplifier 163 and/or tactile output generator 167 .

In some embodiments, the tactile output module includes amplifier 163 . In some embodiments, amplifier 163 receives waveforms (e.g., from haptic feedback controller 161 ) and amplifies the waveforms prior to sending the amplified waveforms to tactile output generator 167 (e.g., any of tactile output generators 167 ( FIG. 1 A ) or 357 ( FIG. 3 )). For example, amplifier 163 amplifies the received waveforms to signal levels that are in accordance with physical specifications of tactile output generator 167 (e.g., to a voltage and/or a current required by tactile output generator 167 for generating tactile outputs so that the signals sent to tactile output generator 167 produce tactile outputs that correspond to the waveforms received from haptic feedback controller 161 ) and sends the amplified waveforms to tactile output generator 167 . In response, tactile output generator 167 generates tactile outputs (e.g., by shifting a moveable mass back and forth in one or more dimensions relative to a neutral position of the moveable mass).

In some embodiments, the tactile output module includes sensor 169 , which is coupled to tactile output generator 167 . Sensor 169 detects states or state changes (e.g., mechanical position, physical displacement, and/or movement) of tactile output generator 167 or one or more components of tactile output generator 167 (e.g., one or more moving parts, such as a membrane, used to generate tactile outputs). In some embodiments, sensor 169 is a magnetic field sensor (e.g., a Hall effect sensor) or other displacement and/or movement sensor. In some embodiments, sensor 169 provides information (e.g., a position, a displacement, and/or a movement of one or more parts in tactile output generator 167 ) to haptic feedback controller 161 and, in accordance with the information provided by sensor 169 about the state of tactile output generator 167 , haptic feedback controller 161 adjusts the waveforms output from haptic feedback controller 161 (e.g., waveforms sent to tactile output generator 167 , optionally via amplifier 163 ).

It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.

FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200 . In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100 . In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.

Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204 . As described previously, menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device 100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112 .

In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112 , menu button 204 , push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208 , subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 210 , headset jack 212 , and docking/charging external port 124 . Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113 . Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100 .

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an example multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces 360 , memory 370 , and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340 , which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355 , tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A ), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A ). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310 . In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1 A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 . For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380 , presentation module 382 , word processing module 384 , website creation module 386 , disk authoring module 388 , and/or spreadsheet module 390 , while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1 A ) optionally does not store these modules.

Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above-identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.

Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device 100 .

FIG. 4 A illustrates an example user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300 . In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:

Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals; Time 404 ; Bluetooth indicator 405 ; Battery status indicator 406 ; Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as:

Icon 416 for telephone module 138 , labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages; Icon 418 for e-mail client module 140 , labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails; Icon 420 for browser module 147 , labeled “Browser;” and Icon 422 for video and music player module 152 , also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152 , labeled “iPod;” and

Icons for other applications, such as:

Icon 424 for IM module 141 , labeled “Messages;” Icon 426 for calendar module 148 , labeled “Calendar;” Icon 428 for image management module 144 , labeled “Photos;” Icon 430 for camera module 143 , labeled “Camera;” Icon 432 for online video module 155 , labeled “Online Video;” Icon 434 for stocks widget 149 - 2 , labeled “Stocks;” Icon 436 for map module 154 , labeled “Maps;” Icon 438 for weather widget 149 - 1 , labeled “Weather;” Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149 - 4 , labeled “Clock;” Icon 442 for workout support module 142 , labeled “Workout Support;” Icon 444 for notes module 153 , labeled “Notes;” and Icon 446 for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device 100 and its various applications 136 .

It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG. 4 A are merely examples. For example, icon 422 for video and music player module 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.

FIG. 4 B illustrates an example user interface on a device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 ) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355 , FIG. 3 ) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112 ). Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300 .

Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 4 B . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4 B ) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4 B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4 B ) on the display (e.g., 450 ). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4 B ) with the touch-sensitive surface 451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG. 4 B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470 ). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462 , and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4 B ) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4 B ) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.

Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.

FIG. 5 A illustrates example personal electronic device 500 . Device 500 includes body 502 . In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS. 1 A- 4 B ). In some embodiments, device 500 has touch-sensitive display screen 504 , hereafter touch screen 504 . Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 504 , device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices 100 and 300 , in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device 500 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device 500 .

Example techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508 . Input mechanisms 506 and 508 , if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device 500 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device 500 to be worn by a user.

FIG. 5 B depicts example personal electronic device 500 . In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 1 A, 1 B , and 3 . Device 500 has bus 512 that operatively couples I/O section 514 with one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518 . I/O section 514 can be connected to display 504 , which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508 . Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.

Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532 , accelerometer 534 , directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536 , motion sensor 538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 514 .

Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors 516 , for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes 900 , 1200 , 1500 , 1800 , 2100 , 2400 , 2700 , and 3000 ( FIGS. 9 A- 9 I, 12 A- 12 C, 15 A- 15 K, 18 A- 18 F, 21 A- 21 D, 24 A- 24 C, 27 A- 27 E, and 30 A- 30 D ). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5 B , but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations.

As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices 100 , 300 , and/or 500 ( FIGS. 1 A, 3 , and 5 A- 5 B ). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance.

As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4 B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1 A or touch screen 112 in FIG. 4 A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).

As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.

FIG. 5 C illustrates detecting a plurality of contacts 552 A- 552 E on touch-sensitive display screen 504 with a plurality of intensity sensors 524 A- 524 D. FIG. 5 C additionally includes intensity diagrams that show the current intensity measurements of the intensity sensors 524 A- 524 D relative to units of intensity. In this example, the intensity measurements of intensity sensors 524 A and 524 D are each 9 units of intensity, and the intensity measurements of intensity sensors 524 B and 524 C are each 7 units of intensity. In some implementations, an aggregate intensity is the sum of the intensity measurements of the plurality of intensity sensors 524 A- 524 D, which in this example is 32 intensity units. In some embodiments, each contact is assigned a respective intensity that is a portion of the aggregate intensity. FIG. 5 D illustrates assigning the aggregate intensity to contacts 552 A- 552 E based on their distance from the center of force 554 . In this example, each of contacts 552 A, 552 B, and 552 E are assigned an intensity of contact of 8 intensity units of the aggregate intensity, and each of contacts 552 C and 552 D are assigned an intensity of contact of 4 intensity units of the aggregate intensity. More generally, in some implementations, each contact j is assigned a respective intensity Ij that is a portion of the aggregate intensity, A, in accordance with a predefined mathematical function, Ij=A·(Dj/ΣDi), where Dj is the distance of the respective contact j to the center of force, and ΣDi is the sum of the distances of all the respective contacts (e.g., i=1 to last) to the center of force. The operations described with reference to FIGS. 5 C- 5 D can be performed using an electronic device similar or identical to device 100 , 300 , or 500 . In some embodiments, a characteristic intensity of a contact is based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the intensity sensors are used to determine a single characteristic intensity (e.g., a single characteristic intensity of a single contact). It should be noted that the intensity diagrams are not part of a displayed user interface, but are included in FIGS. 5 C- 5 D to aid the reader.

In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.

The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.

An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.

In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a “down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input).

FIGS. 5 E- 5 H illustrate detection of a gesture that includes a press input that corresponds to an increase in intensity of a contact 562 from an intensity below a light press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT L ”) in FIG. 5 E , to an intensity above a deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT D ”) in FIG. 5 H . The gesture performed with contact 562 is detected on touch-sensitive surface 560 while cursor 576 is displayed over application icon 572 B corresponding to App 2 , on a displayed user interface 570 that includes application icons 572 A- 572 D displayed in predefined region 574 . In some embodiments, the gesture is detected on touch-sensitive display 504 . The intensity sensors detect the intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 560 . The device determines that the intensity of contact 562 peaked above the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT D ”). Contact 562 is maintained on touch-sensitive surface 560 . In response to the detection of the gesture, and in accordance with contact 562 having an intensity that goes above the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT D ”) during the gesture, reduced-scale representations 578 A- 578 C (e.g., thumbnails) of recently opened documents for App 2 are displayed, as shown in FIGS. 5 F- 5 H . In some embodiments, the intensity, which is compared to the one or more intensity thresholds, is the characteristic intensity of a contact. It should be noted that the intensity diagram for contact 562 is not part of a displayed user interface, but is included in FIGS. 5 E- 5 H to aid the reader.

In some embodiments, the display of representations 578 A- 578 C includes an animation. For example, representation 578 A is initially displayed in proximity of application icon 572 B, as shown in FIG. 5 F . As the animation proceeds, representation 578 A moves upward and representation 578 B is displayed in proximity of application icon 572 B, as shown in FIG. 5 G . Then, representations 578 A moves upward, 578 B moves upward toward representation 578 A, and representation 578 C is displayed in proximity of application icon 572 B, as shown in FIG. 5 H . Representations 578 A- 578 C form an array above icon 572 B. In some embodiments, the animation progresses in accordance with an intensity of contact 562 , as shown in FIGS. 5 F- 5 G , where the representations 578 A- 578 C appear and move upwards as the intensity of contact 562 increases toward the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT D ”). In some embodiments, the intensity, on which the progress of the animation is based, is the characteristic intensity of the contact. The operations described with reference to FIGS. 5 E- 5 H can be performed using an electronic device similar or identical to device 100 , 300 , or 500 .

In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances).

For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold.

FIG. 6 illustrates example devices connected via one or more communication channels to participate in a transaction in accordance with some embodiments. One or more example electronic devices (e.g., devices 100 , 300 , and 500 ) are configured to optionally detect input (e.g., a particular user input, an NFC field) and optionally transmit payment information (e.g., using NFC). The one or more electronic devices optionally include NFC hardware and are configured to be NFC-enabled.

The electronic devices (e.g., devices 100 , 300 , and 500 ) are optionally configured to store payment account information associated with each of one or more payment accounts. Payment account information includes, for example, one or more of: a person's or company's name, a billing address, a login, a password, an account number, an expiration date, a security code, a telephone number, a bank associated with the payment account (e.g., an issuing bank), and a card network identifier. In some examples, payment account information includes include an image, such as a picture of a payment card (e.g., taken by the device and/or received at the device). In some examples, the electronic devices receive user input including at least some payment account information (e.g., receiving user-entered credit, debit, account, or gift card number and expiration date). In some examples, the electronic devices detect at least some payment account information from an image (e.g., of a payment card captured by a camera sensor of the device). In some examples, the electronic devices receive at least some payment account information from another device (e.g., another user device or a server). In some examples, the electronic device receives payment account information from a server associated with another service for which an account for a user or user device previously made a purchase or identified payment account data (e.g., an app for renting or selling audio and/or video files).

In some embodiments, a payment account is added to an electronic device (e.g., device 100 , 300 , and 500 ), such that payment account information is securely stored on the electronic device. In some examples, after a user initiates such process, the electronic device transmits information for the payment account to a transaction-coordination server, which then communicates with a server operated by a payment network for the account (e.g., a payment server) to ensure a validity of the information. The electronic device is optionally configured to receive a script from the server that allows the electronic device to program payment information for the account onto the secure element.

In some embodiments, communication among electronic devices 100 , 300 , and 500 facilitates transactions (e.g., generally or specific transactions). For example, a first electronic device (e.g., 100 ) can serve as a provisioning or managing device, and can send notifications of new or updated payment account data (e.g., information for a new account, updated information for an existing account, and/or an alert pertaining to an existing account) to a second electronic device (e.g., 500 ). In another example, a first electronic device (e.g., 100 ) can send data to a second election device, wherein the data reflects information about payment transactions facilitated at the first electronic device. The information optionally includes one or more of: a payment amount, an account used, a time of purchase, and whether a default account was changed. The second device (e.g., 500 ) optionally uses such information to update a default payment account (e.g., based on a learning algorithm or explicit user input).

Electronic devices (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) are configured to communicate with each other over any of a variety of networks. For example, the devices communicate using a Bluetooth connection 608 (e.g., which includes a traditional Bluetooth connection or a Bluetooth Low Energy connection) or using a WiFi network 606 . Communications among user devices are, optionally, conditioned to reduce the possibility of inappropriately sharing information across devices. For example, communications relating to payment information requires that the communicating devices be paired (e.g., be associated with each other via an explicit user interaction) or be associated with a same user account.

In some embodiments, an electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) is used to communicate with a point-of-sale (POS) payment terminal 600 , which is optionally NFC-enabled. The communication optionally occurs using a variety of communication channels and/or technologies. In some examples, electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) communicates with payment terminal 600 using an NFC channel 610 . In some examples, payment terminal 600 communicates with an electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) using a peer-to-peer NFC mode. Electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) is optionally configured transmit a signal to payment terminal 600 that includes payment information for a payment account (e.g., a default account or an account selected for the particular transaction).

In some embodiments, proceeding with a transaction includes transmitting a signal that includes payment information for an account, such as a payment account. In some embodiments, proceeding with the transaction includes reconfiguring the electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) to respond as a contactless payment card, such as an NFC-enabled contactless payment card, and then transmitting credentials of the account via NFC, such as to payment terminal 600 . In some embodiments, subsequent to transmitting credentials of the account via NFC, the electronic device reconfigures to not respond as a contactless payment card (e.g., requiring authorization before again reconfigured to respond as a contactless payment card via NFC).

In some embodiments, generation of and/or transmission of the signal is controlled by a secure element in the electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ). The secure element optionally requires a particular user input prior to releasing payment information. For example, the secure element optionally requires detection that the electronic device is being worn, detection of a button press, detection of entry of a passcode, detection of a touch, detection of one or more option selections (e.g., received while interacting with an application), detection of a fingerprint signature, detection of a voice or voice command, and or detection of a gesture or movement (e.g., rotation or acceleration). In some examples, if a communication channel (e.g., an NFC communication channel) with another device (e.g., payment terminal 600 ) is established within a defined time period from detection of the input, the secure element releases payment information to be transmitted to the other device (e.g., payment terminal 600 ). In some examples, the secure element is a hardware component that controls release of secure information. In some examples, the secure element is a software component that controls release of secure information.

In some embodiments, protocols related to transaction participation depend on, for example, device types. For example, a condition for generating and/or transmitting payment information can be different for a wearable device (e.g., device 500 ) and a phone (e.g., device 100 ). For example, a generation and/or transmission condition for a wearable device includes detecting that a button has been pressed (e.g., after a security verification), while a corresponding condition for a phone does not require button-depression and instead requires detection of particular interaction with an application. In some examples, a condition for transmitting and/or releasing payment information includes receiving particular input on each of multiple devices. For example, release of payment information optionally requires detection of a fingerprint and/or passcode at the device (e.g., device 100 ) and detection of a mechanical input (e.g., button press) on another device (e.g., device 500 ).

Payment terminal 600 optionally uses the payment information to generate a signal to transmit to a payment server 604 to determine whether the payment is authorized. Payment server 604 optionally includes any device or system configured to receive payment information associated with a payment account and to determine whether a proposed purchase is authorized. In some examples, payment server 604 includes a server of an issuing bank. Payment terminal 600 communicates with payment server 604 directly or indirectly via one or more other devices or systems (e.g., a server of an acquiring bank and/or a server of a card network).

Payment server 604 optionally uses at least some of the payment information to identify a user account from among a database of user accounts (e.g., 602 ). For example, each user account includes payment information. An account is, optionally, located by locating an account with particular payment information matching that from the POS communication. In some examples, a payment is denied when provided payment information is not consistent (e.g., an expiration date does not correspond to a credit, debit or gift card number) or when no account includes payment information matching that from the POS communication.

In some embodiments, data for the user account further identifies one or more restrictions (e.g., credit limits); current or previous balances; previous transaction dates, locations and/or amounts; account status (e.g., active or frozen), and/or authorization instructions. In some examples, the payment server (e.g., 604 ) uses such data to determine whether to authorize a payment. For example, a payment server denies a payment when a purchase amount added to a current balance would result in exceeding an account limit, when an account is frozen, when a previous transaction amount exceeds a threshold, or when a previous transaction count or frequency exceeds a threshold.

In some embodiments, payment server 604 responds to POS (point of sale) payment terminal 600 with an indication as to whether a proposed purchase is authorized or denied. In some examples, POS payment terminal 600 transmits a signal to the electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) to identify the result. For example, POS payment terminal 600 sends a receipt to the electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) when a purchase is authorized (e.g., via a transaction-coordination server that manages a transaction app on the user device). In some instances, POS payment terminal 600 presents an output (e.g., a visual or audio output) indicative of the result. Payment can be sent to a merchant as part of the authorization process or can be subsequently sent.

In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) participates in a transaction that is completed without involvement of POS payment terminal 600 . For example, upon detecting that a mechanical input has been received, a secure element in the electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) releases payment information to allow an application on the electronic device to access the information (e.g., and to transmit the information to a server associated with the application).

In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 ) is in a locked state or an unlocked state. In the locked state, the electronic device is powered on and operational but is prevented from performing a predefined set of operations in response to the user input. The predefined set of operations may include navigation between user interfaces, activation or deactivation of a predefined set of functions, and activation or deactivation of certain applications. The locked state may be used to prevent unintentional or unauthorized use of some functionality of the electronic device or activation or deactivation of some functions on the electronic device. In the unlocked state, the electronic device 100 is power on and operational and is not prevented from performing at least a portion of the predefined set of operations that cannot be performed while in the locked state.

When the device is in the locked state, the device is said to be locked. In some embodiments, the device in the locked state may respond to a limited set of user inputs, including input that corresponds to an attempt to transition the device to the unlocked state or input that corresponds to powering the device off.

In some examples, a secure element (e.g., 115 ) is a hardware component (e.g., a secure microcontroller chip) configured to securely store data or an algorithm such that the securely stored data is not accessible by the device without proper authentication information from a user of the device. Keeping the securely stored data in a secure element that is separate from other storage on the device prevents access to the securely stored data even if other storage locations on the device are compromised (e.g., by malicious code or other attempts to compromise information stored on the device). In some examples, the secure element provides (or releases) payment information (e.g., an account number and/or a transaction-specific dynamic security code). In some examples, the secure element provides (or releases) the payment information in response to the device receiving authorization, such as a user authentication (e.g., fingerprint authentication; passcode authentication; detecting double-press of a hardware button when the device is in an unlocked state, and optionally, while the device has been continuously on a user's wrist since the device was unlocked by providing authentication credentials to the device, where the continuous presence of the device on the user's wrist is determined by periodically checking that the device is in contact with the user's skin). For example, the device detects a fingerprint at a fingerprint sensor (e.g., a fingerprint sensor integrated into a button) of the device. The device determines whether the fingerprint is consistent with a registered fingerprint. In accordance with a determination that the fingerprint is consistent with the registered fingerprint, the secure element provides (or releases) payment information. In accordance with a determination that the fingerprint is not consistent with the registered fingerprint, the secure element forgoes providing (or releasing) payment information.

Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device 100 , device 300 , or device 500 .

FIGS. 7 A- 7 E illustrate example user interfaces for managing peer-to-peer transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. As described in greater detail below, the non-limiting example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 7 A- 7 E relate to the non-limited example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 8 A- 8 AH , which in turn are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 9 A- 9 I .

FIG. 7 A illustrates an electronic device 700 (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 , device 300 , or device 500 ). In the non-limiting example embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 7 A- 7 E , electronic device 700 is a smartphone. In other embodiments, electronic device 700 can be a different type of electronic device, such as a wearable device (e.g., a smartwatch). Electronic device 700 has a display 702 , one or more input devices (e.g., touchscreen of display 702 , a mechanical button 704 , a mic), and a wireless communication radio.

In FIG. 7 A , electronic device 700 displays, on display 702 , a message conversation 708 of a messaging application 706 between a user of the device (e.g., “Kate Appleseed”) and a message participant 710 (e.g., “John Appleseed”). In some embodiments, message participant 710 is a contact stored on the device. In some embodiments, message participant 710 is a contact of a contact list associated with the user account logged onto the device. In some embodiments, message participant 710 is a contact included in a trusted contacts list associated with the user account logged onto the device.

In some embodiments, electronic device 700 also displays, on display 702 , a virtual keyboard 712 (e.g., an alphanumeric keyboard for typing a message) and a compose bar 714 displaying the text of a message as a message is typed using virtual keyboard 712 . In some embodiments, a mechanical keyboard can be used in addition to or alternatively to virtual keyboard 712 to type a message. In some embodiments, compose bar 714 can expand (e.g., expand upwards) to accommodate a longer message or message object (e.g., an image, an emoticon, a special type of message object, such as a payment object). In some embodiments, compose bar 714 includes a mic button 716 which, when activated, enables the user to record a message using voice input.

As shown in FIG. 7 A , message conversation 708 includes two visible message objects 718 and 720 . Message object 718 corresponds to a message sent by the user of the device to message participant 710 . In message object 718 , the user states to message participant 710 : “That restaurant was so good!” Message object 720 corresponds to a message sent by message participant 710 to the user (as a response to the message corresponding to message object 718 ). In message object 720 , message participant 710 responds to the user: “Yeah! Can you send me the photos from last night?”

In some embodiments, electronic device 700 performs an analysis of the contents (e.g., the text) of the message corresponding to message object 720 (stating, as a response to the message corresponding to message object 718 stating “That restaurant was so good!”, “Yeah! Can you send me the photos from last night?”). In some embodiments, the analysis of the contents (e.g., the text) of the message is performed by electronic device 700 using a language processing component or a language analysis component of the device. In some embodiments, the analysis is performed at an external device (e.g., a server), and electronic device 700 receives a result of the analysis from the external device.

Based on the analysis of the contents (e.g., the text) of message object 720 (and, optionally, one or more other previous or subsequent message objects of message conversation 708 , such as message object 718 and 720 ), in accordance with a determination (e.g., made at electronic device 700 or received from an external device, such as a server) that the contents (e.g., the text) of the message corresponding to message object 720 relates to a transfer of an electronic file (e.g., a photo, a video, a document, an audio file) that messaging application 706 is configured to transfer, electronic device 700 displays a selectable indication that corresponds to a transfer of one or more files (e.g., photos, video files, audio files, documents) or to an intent to proceed with a transfer of one or more files (e.g., photos, video files, audio files, documents), as discussed below. For example, in FIG. 7 A , a determination is made, based on the text of message object 720 (stating “Yeah! Can you send me the photos from last night?”) that message participant 710 is requesting a transfer of photos taken from a specific time period (e.g., last night).

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 A , electronic device 700 provides a marking 722 (e.g., underlining, bolding, highlighting) of a phrase (e.g., “photos from last night”) within message object 720 that is determined (based on the analysis discussed above) by the device or by an external device (e.g., a server) communicating with the device to correspond to the request for the transfer of one or more files (e.g., photos from last night). Additionally, in response to the determination that a phrase within the message corresponds to a request for a transfer of one or more files, electronic device 700 displays (e.g., over a portion of virtual keyboard 712 , between virtual keyboard 712 and compose bar 714 ) a suggestions bar 724 that includes a transfer button 726 for proceeding with a transfer of the requested one or more files corresponding to the message of message object 720 . For example, in FIG. 7 A , transfer button 726 shows “PHOTOS” to indicate that the button relates to the transfer of the requested photos, and that the transfer can be made using an operating-system (first-party) controlled transfer application (and not by a third-party application). In some embodiments, suggestions bar 724 also includes suggested responses (e.g., “Sure,” “OK”) for responding to the message of message object 720 (without proceeding with a transfer of a file).

In FIG. 7 B , while displaying message conversation 708 , electronic device 700 detects (e.g., via the touchscreen) user activation of marking 722 of the phrase corresponding to the request for transfer of one or more files (e.g., photos from last night) included in message object 720 . For example, as shown in FIG. 7 B , the user activation is a tap gesture 701 of marking 722 of the phrase (e.g., the underlined “photos from last night”) included in message object 720 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the user activation can be user selection (e.g., a tap gesture) of transfer button 726 (e.g., showing “PHOTOS”) within suggestions bar 724 .

In FIG. 7 C , in response to detecting tap gesture 701 on marking 722 corresponding to message participant 710 's request for “photos from last night,” electronic device 700 displays, on display 702 , a photo gallery user interface 728 . In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 C , photo gallery user interface 728 replaces display of messaging application 706 and virtual keyboard 712 . In some embodiments, photo gallery user interface 728 slides into the display from an edge of the display (e.g., slides up from the bottom edge of the display) to replace display of virtual keyboard 712 (and, optionally, messaging application 706 ).

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 C , photo gallery user interface 728 includes a plurality of selectable preview images corresponding to photos stored on electronic device 700 (or accessible by the device via a remote server). In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 C , the plurality of selectable preview images are organized based on time (e.g., a date during which a photo was taken) and/or based on location (e.g., of where a photo was taken). For example, the plurality of selectable preview images 730 A- 730 F shown under header 730 correspond to photos taken on April 30 at Cupertino, Calif., the plurality of selectable preview images 732 A- 732 C shown under header 732 corresponds to photos taken yesterday at San Francisco, Calif., and the plurality of selectable preview images 734 A- 734 B shown under header 734 correspond to photos taken today.

Further, because photo gallery user interface 728 was launched via user activation of marking 722 corresponding to the detected request for a transfer of “photos from last night” from message participant 710 , selectable preview images that are consistent with the detected request are pre-selected (to be transferred) when photo gallery user interface 728 is displayed. In photo gallery user interface 728 , plurality of selectable preview images 732 A- 732 C correspond to photos taken last night (e.g., as indicated by header 732 ). Thus, as shown in FIG. 7 C , each of selectable preview images 732 A- 732 C are pre-selected (e.g., as indicated by graphical checkmarks on the preview images) to be transferred to message participant 710 via messaging application 706 .

In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 7 C , photo gallery user interface 728 includes a compose bar 736 (e.g., corresponding to compose bar 714 ) for including a comment to accompany the transfer (e.g., of selected photos), and a send button 738 for initiating the transfer (e.g., of the selected photos).

In FIG. 7 D , while displaying photo gallery user interface 728 with selectable preview images 732 A- 732 C (corresponding to photos from last night) pre-selected to be transferred (to message participant 710 ), electronic device 700 detects user activation of send button 738 for initiating the transfer of the photos corresponding to selectable preview images 732 A- 732 C. For example, as shown in FIG. 7 D , the user activation is a tap gesture 703 on send button 738 .

In FIG. 7 E , in response to detecting tap gesture 703 , electronic device transmits, using messaging application 706 and via a wireless communication radio, the photos corresponding to the selected selectable preview images 732 A- 732 C to message participant 710 and again displays (e.g., replaces display of photo gallery user interface 728 with), on display 702 , message conversation 708 of messaging application 706 . As shown in FIG. 7 E , message conversation 708 shows photo message objects 733 A- 733 C (corresponding to the photos corresponding to selectable preview images 732 A- 732 C) having been sent to message participant 710 via messaging application 706 . In some embodiments, message conversation 708 further displays an indication 740 (e.g., stating “Delivered”) informing the user that the photos have been sent to the intended recipient (e.g., message participant 710 ).

As mentioned above, the non-limiting example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 7 A- 7 E described above relate to the non-limited example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 8 A- 8 AH described below. Therefore, it is to be understood that the processes described above with respect to the example user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 7 A- 7 E and the processes described below with respect to the example user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 8 A- 8 AH are largely analogous processes that similarly involve initiating and managing transfers using an electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 , 700 , or 800 ).

FIGS. 8 A- 8 AH illustrate example user interfaces for managing peer-to-peer transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 9 A- 9 I .

FIG. 8 A illustrates an electronic device 800 (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 , device 300 , or device 500 ). In the non-limiting example embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 8 A- 8 AH , electronic device 800 is a smartphone. In other embodiments, electronic device 800 can be a different type of electronic device, such as a wearable device (e.g., a smartwatch). Electronic device 800 has a display 802 , one or more input devices (e.g., touchscreen of display 802 , a mechanical button 804 , a mic), and a wireless communication radio.

In FIG. 8 A , electronic device 800 displays, on display 802 , a message conversation 808 of a messaging application 806 between a user of the device (e.g., “Kate Appleseed”) and a message participant 810 (e.g., “John Appleseed”). In some embodiments, message participant 810 is a contact stored on the device. In some embodiments, message participant 810 is a contact of a contact list associated with the user account logged onto the device. In some embodiments, message participant 810 is a contact included in a trusted contacts list associated with the user account logged onto the device.

In some embodiments, electronic device 800 also displays, on display 802 , a virtual keyboard 812 (e.g., an alphanumeric keyboard for typing a message) and a compose bar 814 displaying the text of a message as a message is typed using virtual keyboard 812 . In some embodiments, a mechanical keyboard can be used in addition to or alternatively to virtual keyboard 812 to type a message. In some embodiments, compose bar 814 can expand (e.g., expand upwards) to accommodate a longer message or message object (e.g., an image, an emoticon, a special type of message object, such as a payment object). In some embodiments, compose bar 814 includes a mic button 814 A which, when activated, enables the user to record a message using voice input.

As shown in FIG. 8 A , message conversation 808 includes two visible message objects 816 and 818 . Message object 816 corresponds to a message sent by message participant 810 to the user and message object 818 corresponds to a message sent by the user to message participant 810 . In message object 816 , message participant 810 states to the user: “Last night was fun. Pay me back when you can.” In message object 818 , the user asks message participant 810 : “How much do I owe you?”

FIG. 8 B shows, in message conversation 808 of messaging application 806 , message object 818 corresponding to a new received message from message participant 810 to the user responding to the user's question of “How much do I owe you?” Specifically, in message object 818 , message participant 810 responds: “Dinner and the cab ride together was $28.” In response to receiving the new message corresponding to message object 820 , an analysis of the contents (e.g., the text) of message object 820 is performed. In some embodiments, the analysis is performed by electronic device 800 using a language processing component or a language analysis component of the device. In some embodiments, the analysis is performed at an external device (e.g., a server), and electronic device 800 receives a result of the analysis from the external device.

Based on the analysis of the contents (e.g., the text) of message object 820 (and, optionally, one or more other previous or subsequent message objects of message conversation 808 , such as message object 816 and 818 ), in accordance with a determination (e.g., made at electronic device 800 or received from an external device, such as a server) that the contents (e.g., the text) of the message corresponding to message object 820 relates to a transfer of a payment (e.g., a request for a payment, agreement to send a payment) that messaging application 806 is configured to transfer, electronic device 800 displays a selectable indication that corresponds to a payment amount or to an intent to proceed with a payment transfer, as discussed below.

In some embodiments, the determination that the contents of a message relates to a payment (or, alternatively, relates to a request for a payment) is made based at least in part on an indication of an amount (e.g., “$28”) of the payment included in the message (or one or more previous or subsequent messages). In some embodiments, the determination that the contents of a message relates to a payment (or, alternatively, relates to a request for a payment) is made based at least in part on an indication of an amount (e.g., “$28”) of the payment included in the message and/or one or more text triggers in the message (and, optionally, one or more previous or subsequent messages) (e.g., “I owe you,” “Pay me,” “Here is the payment”). In some embodiments, the determination that the contents of a message relates to a payment (or, alternatively, relates to a request for a payment) is made based at least in part on an indication of an amount (e.g., “$28”) of the payment included in the message and a more detailed analysis of the text of the message (and, optionally, one or more previous or subsequent messages) using language processing and interpretation techniques to decipher an intent of the message (and, optionally, one or more previous or subsequent messages).

For example, in FIG. 8 B , in response to the user's question of “How much do I owe you?” shown in message object 818 , message participant 810 responds, as shown in message object 820 , “Dinner and the cab ride together was $28.” In response, an analysis (e.g., by an external device, such as a server, or by electronic device 800 ) of the contents (e.g., “Dinner and the cab ride together was $28”) of the message is performed and a determination is made (e.g., by an external device, such as a server, or by electronic device 800 ) that the message corresponds to a request for a payment in the amount of $28 by message participant 810 from the user.

As shown in FIG. 8 B , electronic device 800 provides a marking 822 (e.g., underlining, bolding, highlighting) of the payment amount shown in message object 820 . Additionally, in response to the determination that the message relates to a payment, electronic device 800 displays (e.g., over a portion of virtual keyboard 812 , between virtual keyboard 812 and compose bar 814 ) a suggestions bar 824 that includes a pay amount button 826 that includes a selectable indication (e.g., “$28”) of the payment amount. In FIG. 8 B , in addition to pay amount button 826 , suggestions bar 824 includes a pay button 828 (e.g., showing “PAY”) that does not include an indication of the payment amount but includes an indication that the button is for proceeding with a payment (or, alternatively, proceeding with a payment request). In some embodiments, one or more of the in-message selectable indications is omitted. In some embodiments, pay button 828 indicates (e.g., by showing “PAY”) to the user that a payment can be made, with respect to the potential payment detected from the message (or one or more previous or subsequent messages), using an operating-system controlled payment transfer application (and not by a third-party application).

FIG. 8 C illustrates a different message conversation 830 of messaging application 806 . In FIG. 8 C , message conversation 830 is between the user of electronic device 800 and an unknown participant 832 . In some embodiments, unknown participant 832 is a participant that does not correspond to a contact stored on the device. In some embodiments, unknown participant 832 is a participant that is not included in a contact of a contact list associated with the user account logged onto the device. In some embodiments, unknown participant 832 is a participant not included in a trusted contacts list associated with the user account logged onto the device. In some embodiments, unknown participant 832 is a participant included in a non-trusted contacts list (e.g., a spam list) associated with the user account logged onto the device. In some embodiments, unknown participant 832 is a participant included in a non-trusted user list (e.g., a spam list) maintained by an external device, such as a server.

As shown in FIG. 8 C , electronic device 800 displays in message conversation 830 a message object 834 corresponding to a message received from unknown participant 832 . For example, the message corresponding to message object 834 received from unknown participant 832 has the same content (e.g., states the same thing as) the message corresponding to message object 820 received from message participant 810 (e.g., “Dinner and the cab ride together was $28). However, because the message corresponding to message object 834 is from an unknown participant, the device, even if a determination (e.g., by an external device, such as a server, or by electronic device 800 ) is made that the message corresponds to a request for a payment in the amount of $28, forgoes displaying a selectable indication (e.g., marking 822 of the payment $28, pay amount button 826 , pay button 828 ) that corresponds to a payment amount (of $28) or to an intent to proceed with a payment transfer (of $28).

In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the message corresponding to the message object (e.g., message object 834 ) is from an unknown participant (e.g., unknown participant 832 ), electronic device 800 forgoes displaying a selectable indication (e.g., marking 822 of the payment $28, pay amount button 826 , pay button 828 (showing “PAY”)). In some embodiments, instead of displaying the selectable indication (e.g., marking 822 of the payment $28, pay amount button 826 , pay button 828 ), the device displays (e.g., within message conversation 830 ), a spam notification 836 (e.g., a textual notification, a graphical notification, a prompt) that the message is from an unknown participant. For example, as shown in FIG. 8 C , the device displays within message conversation 830 spam notification 836 (a notification message) stating “this sender is not in your contacts list.” In some embodiments, the device further displays (e.g., below spam notification 836 ), a selectable indication 838 (e.g., a selectable text, a button) for reporting (e.g., transmitting information about) the unknown participant to an external device (e.g., a server). For example, as shown in FIG. 8 C , the device displays below spam notification 836 selectable notification 838 (selectable text) stating “Report Spam.”

In FIG. 8 D , electronic device 800 again displays message conversation 808 of messaging application 806 with message participant 810 (e.g., as first shown in FIG. 8 B ). In some embodiments, while displaying message conversation 808 , electronic device 800 detects (e.g., via the touchscreen) user activation of marking 822 of the payment amount (e.g., the underlined “$28”) included in message object 820 . For example, as shown in FIG. 8 D , the user activation is a tap gesture 801 of marking 822 of the payment amount (e.g., the underlined “$28”) included in message object 820 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the user activation can be user selection (e.g., a tap gesture) of payment amount button 826 (with the payment amount (e.g., “$28”) shown) within suggestions bar 824 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the user activation can be user selection (e.g., a tap gesture) of payment button 828 (with an indication (e.g., “PAY”) that the button is for proceeding with a payment) within suggestions bar 824 .

In FIG. 8 E , in response to detecting tap gesture 801 , electronic device 800 displays, on display 802 , a payment transfer user interface 840 . In some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 840 replaces display of virtual keyboard 812 . In some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 840 slides into the display from an edge of the display (e.g., slides up from the bottom edge of the display) to replace display of virtual keyboard 812 .

In some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 840 includes an interface switching menu bar 842 that includes a plurality of shortcut icons for switching between different user interfaces (e.g., switching between payment transfer user interface 840 and a user interface for playing music) associated with different application features (e.g., manage peer-to-peer transfers, play music, set alarm clock) accessible from within messaging application 806 while maintain display of message conversation 808 . In some embodiments, the plurality of shortcut icons of interface switching menu bar 842 correspond to different applications, thus enabling the user to quickly switch between user interfaces of different applications. In some embodiments, interface switching menu bar 842 includes a payment transfer shortcut icon 844 corresponding to payment transfer user interface 840 . Thus, because payment transfer user interface 840 is the currently-displayed user interface, the device in FIG. 8 E shows payment transfer shortcut icon 844 currently being selected within interface switching menu bar 842 . In some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 840 also includes an indication 841 (e.g., stating “PAY”) informing the user that the payment message object corresponds to a payment made via an operating-system controlled payment transfer application (and not by a third-party application).

As also shown in FIG. 8 E , payment transfer user interface 840 includes a request button 845 for initiating a request for a payment from a different user (e.g., message participant 810 ) via messaging application 806 and send button 847 for initiating a sending of a payment to a different user (e.g., message participant 810 ) via messaging application 806 .

As also shown in FIG. 8 E , payment transfer user interface 840 includes a value change region 846 that includes an indication 848 of the transfer amount (e.g., “$28”). As shown in FIG. 8 E , when payment transfer user interface 840 is displayed in response to user activation (e.g., tap gesture 801 ) of marking 822 of the payment amount (or of payment amount button 826 with the payment amount shown), the device displays payment transfer user interface 840 with the payment amount (e.g., “$28”) pre-populated in indication 848 , as shown in FIG. 8 E . In some embodiments, the pre-populated payment amount in indication 848 includes a currency symbol (e.g., “$” of USD). In some embodiments, the pre-populated payment amount in indication 848 does not include a currency symbol.

Payment transfer user interface 840 also includes, within value change region 846 , a value increase button 850 (e.g., indicated as a “+”) for increasing the displayed payment amount (e.g., “$28”) within indication 848 and a value decrease button 852 (e.g., indicated as a “−”) for decreasing the displayed payment amount (e.g., “$28”) within indication 848 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting user activation (e.g., a user input) of value increase button 850 , the displayed payment amount within indication 848 is increased.

For example, as shown in FIG. 8 F , in response to detecting tap gesture 803 on value increase button 850 , the displayed payment amount within indication 848 is increased from “$28” to “$29.” In some embodiments, if the user activation is a tap gesture on value increase button 850 (e.g., tap gesture 803 ), one tap gesture causes a one unit increase (e.g., an increase by one dollar, an increase by one cent) in the payment amount displayed in indication 848 . In some embodiments, if the user activation is as continued press (e.g., a press for at least a predetermined time period) on value increase button 850 , the payment amount displayed in indication 848 continually increases by a unit increment at a constant rate. In some embodiments, if the user activation is a continued press (e.g., a press for at least a predetermined time period) on value increase button 850 , the payment amount displayed in indication 848 continually increases by a unit increment at an accelerating rate corresponding to the length of the continued press on value increase button 852 . In some embodiments, if the user activation is a continued input having a first contact intensity, the payment amount displayed in indication 848 continually increases by a unit increment at a first constant rate, and if the user activation is a continued input having a second contact intensity that is greater than the first contact intensity, the payment amount displayed in indication 848 continually increases by a unit increment at a second constant rate that is faster than the first constant rate. The same features described above can apply, in the opposite direction (e.g., decreasing the payment amount displayed in indication 848 instead of increasing), with respect to value decrease button 852 .

FIG. 8 G shows, as a result of tap gesture 803 on value increase button 850 of value change region 846 , indication 848 displaying a payment amount (e.g., “$29”) that is greater than the previously displayed payment amount (e.g., “$28”). In FIGS. 8 H- 8 I , while displaying indication 848 displaying the payment amount (e.g., “$29”) that is greater than the previously displayed payment amount (e.g., “$28”), electronic device 800 detects another user input on value change region 846 that decreases the payment amount displayed in indication 848 (e.g., from “$29” to “$28”).

For example, as shown in the transition from FIG. 8 H to FIG. 8 I , the user input is a sliding gesture 805 from the right-to-left direction within value change region 846 . As shown in FIG. 8 I , in response to detecting sliding gesture 805 , the payment amount displayed in indication 848 is decreased (e.g., from “$29” to “$28). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the length of the sliding gesture is within a predetermined length limit, the payment amount is decreased by one unit (e.g., by one dollar, by one cent). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the length of the sliding gesture is at least a predetermined length limit, the payment amount is decreased by multiple units (e.g., by five dollars, by fifty cents). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the sliding gesture is increasing in speed as it is being detected within value change region 846 , the rate of change (e.g., the rate of decrease) of the payment accelerates proportionally with the increasing speed of the sliding gesture. In some embodiments, the sliding gesture that decreases the payment amount displayed in indication 848 can be a top-to-bottom sliding gesture. The same features described above can apply, in the opposite direction (e.g., increasing the payment amount displayed in indication 848 instead of decreasing), with respect to a sliding gesture in a left-to-right direction (or a bottom-to-top direction).

FIG. 8 J shows, as a result of sliding gesture 805 within value change region 846 of payment transfer user interface 840 , indication 848 displaying a payment amount (e.g., “$28”) that is smaller than the previously displayed payment amount (e.g., “$29”). In some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 840 includes a expand region 854 for expanding the interface to a second (e.g., larger, full-screen) mode. In some embodiments, in response to a user input on expand region 854 (e.g., a tap gesture on the expand region, a sliding-up gesture on the expand region), electronic device 800 displays (e.g., replaces display of payment transfer user interface 840 and at least a portion of messaging application 806 with) expanded payment transfer user interface 856 . For example, as shown in FIG. 8 K , the user input expanding payment transfer user interface 840 to expanded payment transfer user interface 856 is a sliding-up gesture 807 , on expand region 854 , towards the top edge of display 806 . In some embodiments, expanded payment transfer user interface 856 covers at least a portion of (or all of) the displayed messaging application 806 . In some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 840 includes a expand button (e.g., instead of or in addition to expand region 854 ) which, when selected, causes display of expanded payment transfer user interface 856 .

FIG. 8 L shows an embodiment of expanded payment transfer user interface 856 after it has been expanded from payment transfer user interface 840 by sliding-up gesture 807 . As shown in FIG. 8 L , in some embodiments, expanded payment transfer user interface 856 maintains display of value change region 846 from payment transfer user interface 840 . In some embodiments, expanded payment transfer user interface 856 also maintains display of request button 845 and send button 847 from payment transfer user interface 840 . In some embodiments, expanded payment transfer user interface 856 also maintains display of interface switching menu bar 842 . In some embodiments, expanded payment transfer user interface 856 includes an indication 858 of a balance associated with a payment account (e.g., a default payment account, a stored-value account, a debit account, a checking account) provisioned on the device.

As also shown in FIG. 8 L , expanded payment transfer user interface 856 also includes a plurality of selection buttons 860 A- 860 L. Selection buttons 860 A- 860 L correspond to buttons of a numerical keypad (e.g., including digit buttons 0-9, a symbol button, and a back/clear button). Selection buttons 860 A-L allow the user to change the payment amount displayed in indication 848 as if the user is typing on a numerical keypad. In some embodiments, expanded payment transfer user interface 856 includes a return button (e.g., instead of or in addition to expand region 854 ) that, when selected, causes a return to payment transfer user interface 840 .

FIGS. 8 M- 80 show a transition from expanded payment transfer user interface 856 to a suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 . In some embodiments, the transition involves a user input on expanded payment transfer user interface 856 to switch to suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 . For example, as shown in FIGS. 8 M- 8 N , the user input is a sliding gesture 809 from a right-to-left direction on expanded payment transfer user interface 856 . In response to detecting sliding gesture 809 , electronic device 800 gradually replaces display of expanded payment transfer user interface 856 with suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 (e.g., expanded payment transfer user interface 856 slides off of the display at one edge of the display and suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 slides onto the display at an opposite edge of the display). In some embodiments, the sliding gesture is in a left-to-right direction on expanded payment transfer user interface 856 . In some embodiments, expanded payment transfer user interface 856 includes a switch button that, when selected, causes display of suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 856 . In some embodiments, suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 856 also includes a corresponding switch button that, when selected, causes display of suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 .

As shown in FIG. 80 , in some embodiments, suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 maintains display of value change region 846 . As depicted, suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 also maintains display of interface switching menu bar 842 . As shown, suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 also maintains display of request button 845 and send button 847 . In FIG. 80 , suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 includes indication 858 of the balance associated with a payment account (e.g., a default payment account, a stored-value account, a debit account, a checking account) provisioned on the device. In some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 840 includes a expand button (e.g., instead of or in addition to expand region 854 ) that, when selected, causes display of suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 (instead of expanded payment transfer user interface 856 ). In some embodiments, suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 includes a return button (e.g., instead of or in addition to expand region 854 ) that, when selected, causes a return to payment transfer user interface 840 .

Suggestions mode expanded payment transfer user interface 862 includes a plurality of selection buttons 864 A-L. In some embodiments, selection buttons 864 A- 864 L include a suggested (or recommended) payment amounts (or suggested/recommended additional payment amount) that can relate to, for example, a suggested tip amount button (e.g., 10%, 15%, 18%, 20%, $2, $5, etc.), a suggested tax amount button (which can vary depending on a detected location (e.g., a US state, such as California) of the device), a dividing factor button (e.g., divide by two, divide by four) for splitting the payment account across two or more individuals, an “undo” button, and a “reset” button. In some examples, the buttons include representations of amounts corresponding to the various options (e.g., if the payment is $100, the buttons include $110 for a 10% tip, $120 for a 20% tip, $102 for a $2 tip, $50 for a two way split, or $25 for a four way split). For example, in FIG. 80 , user selection of selection button 864 C causes the payment amount displayed in indication 848 to be adjusted by +20% (e.g., to add a 20% tip). For another example, in FIG. 80 , user selection of selection button 864 D causes the payment amount displayed in indication 848 to be adjusted by, for example, 8% (e.g., to account for a sales tax). As mentioned above, the suggested tax amount can be automatically adjusted by the device based on location information. For another example, in FIG. 80 , user selection of selection button 864 G causes the payment amount displayed in indication 848 to be adjusted by a divisional factor of 2 (e.g., from “$28” to “$14”).

FIG. 8 P shows electronic device 800 again displaying message conversation 808 of messaging application 806 and payment transfer user interface 840 (e.g., as first shown in FIGS. 8 E and 8 J ). While displaying payment transfer user interface 840 , the device detects user activation of send button 847 (e.g., to send a payment). For example, as shown in FIG. 8 P , the user activation is a tap gesture 811 on send button 847 .

In FIG. 8 Q , in response to detecting tap gesture 811 on send button 847 , the device displays (e.g., replaces display of payment transfer user interface 840 with) virtual keyboard 812 . Further, in response to detecting tap gesture 811 on send button 847 , the device displays, in message conversation 808 , a payment message object 866 that includes an amount indication 868 of the payment amount. In some embodiments, payment message object 866 also includes a mode indication 870 (e.g., stating “PAY”) that the payment message object corresponds to a payment made via an operating-system controlled payment transfer application (and not by a third-party application). In some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 840 is replaced by virtual keyboard 812 .

Alternatively, while not shown in FIGS. 8 P- 8 Q , while displaying message conversation 808 of messaging application 806 and payment transfer user interface 840 (e.g., as first shown in FIGS. 8 E and 8 J ), the device can also detect user activation (e.g., a tap gesture) of request button 845 . Then, payment message object 866 , includes in indication 868 , the requested payment amount and an additional textual indication (e.g., “$28 Requested”) informing the user that the payment message object corresponds to a request for payment (instead of a payment).

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8 Q , payment message object 866 is displayed inside an expanded compose bar 872 (e.g., an expanded region of the compose region that is adjacent to/above compose bar 814 ). The payment message object being located within expanded compose bar 872 indicates to the user that the payment corresponding to the payment message object has not yet been sent (to message participant 810 ) but is being created.

In some embodiments, indication 868 of the payment amount (or, alternatively, of the payment request amount) within payment message object 866 is prominently displayed (e.g., in a thick font, in a large font) at the center of the message object. In some examples, indication 870 indicating that the message object corresponds to an outgoing payment (or, alternatively, that the message object corresponds to a request for a payment) is less-prominently displayed (e.g., in a thinner font, a smaller font) at a corner of the message object.

In some embodiments, payment message object 866 is displayed with a visual characteristic (e.g., a different background color, a different background shade, a different background pattern) that distinguishes it from a non-payment message object (e.g., message object 818 and message object 820 ). For example, payment message object 866 is displayed with a dark color/shade (e.g., black) background color, whereas a non-payment message object (e.g., message object 818 and message object 820 ) is displayed with a lighter background color/shade (e.g., gray, white, blue).

In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 8 Q , when a payment message object (e.g., payment message object 866 ) is being displayed in an expanded compose bar (and has not yet been sent), electronic device 800 displays, within compose bar 814 , an indication 873 (e.g., “Add Comment or Send”) that a comment (e.g., a note, a message) can be added to (or sent together with) payment message object 866 . The device also displays, within compose bar 814 , a final send button 874 for sending the payment corresponding to the payment message object (or, alternatively, for sending the payment request corresponds to the payment message object) to the intended participant within the message conversation (e.g., message participant 810 of message conversation 808 ).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting (e.g., via a tap gesture) user input on compose bar 814 (e.g., a region of compose bar 814 that does not include final send button 874 , a region of compose bar 814 with indication 873 stating “Add Comment or Send”), electronic device 800 displays (e.g., replaces display of indication 873 with) a cursor indicating that a comment is ready to be inputted (e.g., typed) into compose bar 814 (e.g., using virtual keyboard 812 ). For example, FIG. 8 R shows a comment 876 (e.g., “Dinner+Cab”) added by the user to send together with payment message object 866 to message participant 810 .

In FIG. 8 S , while displaying payment message object 866 within expanded compose bar 872 and comment 876 added to the payment, electronic device 800 detects user activation of final send button 874 . For example, the user activation is a tap gesture 813 on final send button 874 . In FIGS. 8 T- 8 U , in response to detecting tap gesture 813 , electronic device 800 displays a payment confirmation user interface 878 . In some embodiments, as shown in the transition from FIG. 8 T to FIG. 8 U , payment confirmation user interface 878 appears from the bottom edge of display 802 and slides up onto the display to eventually replace display of virtual keyboard 812 (or display of payment transfer user interface 840 , whichever is currently displayed). In some embodiments, while payment confirmation user interface 878 is sliding up onto the display, the remaining portion of the display that is not covered by payment confirmation user interface is shaded (e.g., displayed with a darker shade, grayed-out), thus drawing the user's attention to payment confirmation user interface 878 (instead of other portions of the display, such as message conversation 808 ).

In some embodiments, if payment message object 866 instead relates to a payment request by the user to message participant 810 (as opposed to an outgoing payment from the user to message participant 810 ), user activation of final send button 874 does not cause display of payment confirmation user interface 878 . Instead, if payment message object 866 relates to a payment request, in response to the user activation of final send button 874 , electronic device 800 displays, within message conversation 808 , payment message object 866 (thereby indicating that the payment request associated with the payment message object has been sent).

In some embodiments, (while a payment message object is displayed in expanded compose field 872 ) electronic device 800 displays a pay button within compose bar 814 for sending the payment (or payment request) corresponding to the payment message object. Thus, in some embodiments, the user can, subsequent to entering a note (e.g., a comment, a message) to accompany the payment (or payment request), select the pay button to send the payment and the entered note. In some embodiments, the pay button is shown within compose bar 814 while virtual keyboard 812 is displayed. In some embodiments, the pay button is shown within compose bar 814 while payment transfer user interface 840 is displayed.

As shown in FIG. 8 U , payment confirmation user interface 878 includes a mode indication 880 (e.g., stating “PAY”) that the payment message object being created by payment confirmation user interface 878 corresponds to a payment made via an operating-system controlled payment transfer application (and not by a third-party application). In some embodiments, payment confirmation user interface 878 also includes a cancel button 827 for cancelling the payment (e.g., to message participant 810 ). In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 8 U , payment confirmation user interface 878 includes an indication 884 (e.g., a graphical indication, a textual indication) of a payment account and a balance of the payment account to be used for the payment (or, alternatively, to receive a payment for a payment request). For example, indication 884 can include a mini-thumbnail image of a physical card associated with the payment account. For another example, if the payment account is a stored-value account, indication 884 can include the balance (e.g., “$50”) stored on the account. In some embodiments, payment confirmation user interface 878 includes an additional accounts button 886 for viewing other payment accounts provisioned on the device that can be used to make the payment corresponding to payment message object 866 . In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 8 U , payment confirmation user interface 878 includes an indication 882 of the intended recipient of the payment (e.g., “Pay John”) and an indication 888 of the payment amount (e.g., to serve as another reminder to the user of the amount to be paid).

In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 8 U , payment confirmation user interface 878 includes an authentication request 890 (e.g., a graphical request, a textual request) requesting that the user provide authentication information to proceed with making the payment to message participant 810 . In some embodiments, the requested authentication is biometric authentication, such as facial recognition authentication, fingerprint authentication, voice recognition authentication, iris scan authentication, or retina scan authentication. For example, in FIG. 8 U , the requested authentication information (e.g., as shown in authentication request 890 ), is fingerprint information (e.g., “Pay with Fingerprint”).

In FIG. 8 V , while displaying payment confirmation user interface 878 , electronic device 800 receives, from the user, the requested fingerprint information 815 (e.g., via mechanical button 804 ). While (or subsequent to) receiving, from the user, fingerprint information 815 , a determination is made (e.g., by the device or by an external device, such as a server) whether fingerprint information 815 is consistent with an enrolled authentication information (e.g., an enrolled fingerprint information) of the user. As shown in FIG. 8 W , in accordance with a determination that fingerprint information 815 is consistent with enrolled fingerprint information of the user, the device updates authentication request 890 (previously showing a request for a certain type of authentication information) to indicate that the authentication was successful (e.g., by displaying a checkmark, by displaying “Authorization Successful” or “Payment Complete”).

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that fingerprint information 815 is not consistent with enrolled fingerprint information of the user (i.e., authentication was not successful), the device displays an indication that the authentication was unsuccessful and a request to re-provide the requested authentication information. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that fingerprint information 815 is (e.g., for a second time) not consistent with enrolled fingerprint information of the user, the device displays a verification user interface (e.g., as described below with reference to FIGS. 31 A- 31 M ) for providing a different type of authentication information or for verifying that the user is the user that is associated with the user account logged onto the device.

As shown in FIG. 8 X , in response to the successful user authentication from FIG. 8 W , electronic device 800 removes display of payment confirmation user interface 878 (and again displays virtual keyboard 812 in place of the removed payment confirmation user interface 878 ). Further, as also shown in FIG. 8 X , the device displays payment message object 866 within message conversation 808 of messaging application 806 , thereby indicating that the payment has been sent to message participant 810 . In addition, the device also displays, adjacent to (or beneath or within) payment message object 866 , a sent note message object 892 corresponding to added comment 876 previously entered by the user.

In some embodiments, payment message object 866 , once sent, includes a first status indicator 894 informing the user of a status of the payment corresponding to the sent payment message object (e.g., “pending,” “paid,” “accepted,” “expired,”). For example, in FIG. 8 X , first status indicator 894 shows “pending,” thus indicating to the user that the payment associated with sent payment message object 866 has not yet been accepted by message participant 810 . In some embodiments, once a payment message object is sent, the device displays (in addition to or instead of first status indicator 894 ), a second status indicator 896 informing the user of a status of the payment corresponding to the sent payment message object (e.g., “pending,” “paid,” “accepted,” “expired,”). For example, as shown in FIG. 8 X , second status indicator 896 (e.g., “pending”) shows the same status as shown by first status indicator 894 (e.g., “pending”).

FIG. 8 Y shows the payment (or, alternatively, the payment request) corresponding to payment message object 866 having been accepted by message participant 810 . In response to the determination that the payment (or, alternatively, the payment request) corresponding to payment message object 866 has been accepted by message participant 810 , electronic device 800 updates first status indicator 894 (e.g., from “pending” to “paid”) to inform the user that the payment has been accepted by message participant 810 (or, alternatively, to inform the user that the payment request has been accepted, and thus a payment by message participant 810 in the requested payment amount has been made by message participant 810 to the user). In some embodiments, the device updates second status indicator 896 (e.g., from “pending” to “paid”) to inform the user that the payment has been accepted by message participant 810 (or, alternatively, to inform the user that the payment request has been accepted, and thus a payment by message participant 810 in the requested payment amount has been made by message participant 810 to the user).

As also shown in FIG. 8 Y , in response to the payment (or, alternatively, the payment request) corresponding to payment message object 866 having been accepted by message participant 810 , the device changes (e.g., applies a special graphical effect to, applies a special animation to, applies a special pattern to) display of indication 868 of the payment amount within payment message object 866 . In some embodiments, indication 868 of the payment amount is changed to a more prominent font (e.g., a larger font, a thicker font). In some embodiments, indication 868 of the payment amount is changed to show a special holographic effect (e.g., as described in more detail with reference to FIGS. 11 A- 11 V ). In addition to first status indicator 894 and second status indicator 896 , the change to indication 868 of the payment amount within accepted payment message object 866 confirms to the user that the payment has been accepted by message participant 810 (or, alternatively, that the payment request has been accepted/acknowledged by message participant 810 ).

FIG. 8 Z shows, in contrast to FIG. 8 Y , the payment (or, alternatively, the payment request) corresponding to payment message object 866 having not been accepted by message participant 810 within a predetermined time period (e.g., 24 hours, 3 days, 1 week, etc.). In response to the determination that the payment (or, alternatively, the payment request) corresponding to payment message object 866 has not been accepted by message participant 810 within the predetermined time period, electronic device 800 updates first status indicator 894 (e.g., from “pending” to “expired”) to inform the user that the payment has not been accepted by message participant 810 within the predetermined time period (or, alternatively, to inform the user that the payment request has not been accepted within the predetermined time period, and thus a payment by message participant 810 in the requested payment amount has not been made by message participant 810 to the user). In some embodiments, the device updates second status indicator 896 (e.g., from “pending” to “expired”) to inform the user that the payment has not been accepted by message participant 810 within the predetermined time period (or, alternatively, to inform the user that the payment request has not been accepted within the predetermined time period, and thus a payment by message participant 810 in the requested payment amount has not been made by message participant 810 to the user).

In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 8 Z , in response to the determination that the payment (or, alternatively, the payment request) corresponding to payment message object 866 has not been accepted by message participant 810 within the predetermined time period, electronic device 800 changes display (e.g., blurs out, lightens the displayed text) of payment message object 866 (and sent note message object 892 associated with the payment message object) corresponding to the expired payment to indicate that the payment (or, alternatively, the payment request) has expired.

FIGS. 8 AA- 8 AH illustrate example user interfaces for managing peer-to-peer transfers similar to the example user interfaces for managing peer-to-peer transfers described above with reference to FIGS. 8 A- 8 Z . In particular, while the non-limiting example user interfaces of FIGS. 8 A- 8 Z was illustrated and described with respect to electronic device 800 , a smartphone, the non-limiting example user interfaces of FIGS. 8 AA- 8 AH are illustrated and described with respect to an electronic device 850 , a wearable device (e.g., a smartwatch). Similar to electronic device 800 , electronic device 850 has a display 851 , one or more input devices (e.g., touchscreen of display 851 , a rotatable input button 853 , a mechanical button 855 , and a mic), and a wireless communication radio.

In FIG. 8 AA , electronic device 850 displays, on display 851 , a message conversation 859 of a messaging application 857 between the user (e.g., “Kate Appleseed”) and message participant 810 (e.g., “John Appleseed”) (e.g., similar to message conversation 808 of messaging application 806 described above with reference to FIGS. 8 A- 8 Z ). In some embodiments, messaging application 857 includes display of one or more message input buttons 861 A- 861 C for inputting a message (e.g., using different input methods, using different input objects) to be sent via the messaging application. For example, in FIGS. 8 AA , the message input buttons include a mic input button 861 A for inputting a message via voice input (e.g., a spoken user input), an emoticon input button 861 B for selecting an emoticon to be transmitted as (or with) a message, and a dynamic input button 861 C for creating a dynamic (e.g., moving, non-static) message. In some embodiments, messaging application 857 also includes display of a scribble input button 863 for allowing a user to enter text of a message using hand-scribbled input.

As shown in FIG. 8 AA , message conversation 808 includes a message object 865 sent by message participant 810 to the user. In the message corresponding to message object 865 , message participant 810 informs the user: “Dinner was $28.” In response to receiving the new message corresponding to message object 865 , an analysis of the contents (e.g., the text) of message object 865 is performed (e.g., similar to the analysis performed with respect to message object 820 in FIG. 8 B above). Based on the analysis of the contents (e.g., the text) of message object 865 (and, optionally, one or more other previous or subsequent message objects of message conversation 859 ), in accordance with a determination (e.g., made at electronic device 850 or received from an external device, such as a server) that the contents (e.g., the text) of the message corresponding to message object 865 relate to a transfer of a payment (e.g., a request for a payment, agreement to send a payment) that messaging application 857 is configured to transfer, electronic device 850 displays one or more selectable indications that corresponds to a payment amount or to an intent to proceed with a payment transfer, as discussed below (e.g., similar to the selectable indications that are displayed with respect to message object 820 , as described above in FIG. 8 B ).

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8 AA , the selectable indication is a marking 867 (e.g., similar to marking 822 of message object 820 ) of the payment amount shown in message object 865 . In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8 AA , in addition to (or alternatively to) marking 867 on message object 820 , electronic device 850 displays a pay button 869 (e.g., similar to pay button 828 associated with message object 820 ). In some embodiments, pay button 869 is displayed below scribble button 863 within messaging application 857 .

In FIG. 8 AB , while displaying message conversation 859 with marking 867 and pay button 869 displayed, electronic device 850 detects user activation of pay button 869 (or, alternatively, of marking 867 of message object 865 ) to proceed with transferring the requested payment amount (e.g., “$28”) to message participant 810 . For example, as shown in FIG. 8 AB , the user activation is a tap gesture 871 on the pay button (or, alternatively, on the marking of the message object). In FIG. 8 AC , in response to detecting tap gesture 871 on pay button 869 (or, alternatively, on marking 867 of message object 865 ), electronic device 850 displays, on display 851 , a payment transfer user interface 875 (e.g., similar to payment transfer user interface 840 illustrated, for example, in FIG. 8 E ).

As with payment transfer user interface 840 , payment transfer user interface 875 includes a value change region 879 (e.g., corresponding to value change region 846 of payment transfer user interface 840 ). As with value change region 846 of payment transfer user interface 840 , value change region 879 of payment transfer user interface 875 includes an indication 881 of the transfer amount (e.g., “$28”). As shown in FIG. 8 AC , in some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 875 is displayed with the payment amount (e.g., “$28”) pre-populated in indication 881 (e.g., as described above in FIG. 8 E with respect to indication 848 of payment transfer user interface 840 ).

In some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 875 also includes an indication 877 (e.g., stating “PAY,” similar to indication 841 of payment transfer user interface 840 ) informing the user that the payment message object corresponds to a payment made via an operating-system controlled payment transfer application (and not by a third-party application). In some embodiments, payment transfer user interface 875 includes a request button 877 (e.g., corresponding to request button 845 ) and a send button 889 (e.g., corresponding to send button 8847 ).

As also shown in FIG. 8 AC , payment transfer user interface 875 also includes, within value change region 881 (e.g., similar to value change region 846 of payment transfer user interface 840 ), a value increase button 885 (e.g., indicated as a “+,” corresponding to increase button 850 of value change region 846 ) for increasing and a value decrease button 883 (e.g., indicated as a “−,” corresponding to decrease button 852 of value change region 846 ) for decreasing the displayed payment amount within indication 881 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting user activation of value increase button 885 , the displayed payment amount within indication 881 is increased, and in response to detecting user activation of value decrease button 883 , the displayed payment amount within indication 881 is decreased.

In some embodiments, in addition to (or alternatively to) changing the payment amount displayed in indication 881 using value increase button 885 and value decrease button 883 , the payment amount can be increased or decreased based on rotation of rotatable input button 853 . In some embodiments, the value of the displayed payment amount in indication 881 of value change region 879 is increased in response to a clockwise rotation of rotatable input button 853 and the value of the displayed payment amount in indication 881 in value change region 879 is decreased in response to a counter-clockwise rotation of rotatable input button 853 . For example, in FIG. 8 AD , electronic device 850 receives a user rotation input 891 on rotatable input button 853 , where user rotation input 891 is a rotation of the input button in the clockwise direction. As shown in FIG. 8 AD , in response to receiving user rotation input 891 , the displayed payment amount in indication 881 is increased (e.g., from “$28” to “$29”). In some embodiments, the same result can be achieved by user activation of value increase button 885 .

In FIG. 8 AE , electronic device 850 detects a user input on value decrease button 883 of value change region 879 . For example, as shown in FIG. 8 AE , the user input is a tap gesture 893 on value decrease button 883 . As shown in FIG. 8 AE , in response to detecting tap gesture 893 , the displayed payment amount in indication 881 is decreased (e.g., from “$29” to “$28”). In some embodiments, the same result can be achieved via user rotation of the rotatable input button in a counter-clockwise direction.

In FIG. 8 AF , while displaying payment transfer user interface 875 with the payment amount (e.g., “$28”) corresponding to the amount requested by message participant 810 (in message object 865 ) displayed in indication 881 of value change region 879 , electronic device 850 detects user activation of send button 889 . For example, as shown in FIG. 8 AF , the user activation is a tap gesture 895 on the send button.

As shown in FIG. 8 AG , in response to detecting tap gesture 895 on send button 889 , electronic device 850 displays (e.g., replaces display of payment transfer user interface 875 with) a payment confirmation user interface 831 (e.g., similar to payment confirmation user interface 878 described above with reference to, for example, FIG. 8 U ). As with payment confirmation user interface 878 , payment confirmation user interface 831 includes a mode indication 877 (e.g., stating “PAY,” corresponding to mode indication 880 of payment confirmation user interface 878 ), a cancel button 897 (e.g., corresponding to cancel button 827 of payment confirmation user interface 878 ), an indication 839 (e.g., corresponding to indication 884 of payment confirmation user interface 787 ) of a payment account, an indication 835 (e.g., corresponding to indication 882 of payment confirmation user interface 787 ) of the intended recipient of the payment (e.g., “To John Appleseed”), and an indication 833 (e.g., corresponding to indication 888 of payment confirmation user interface 878 ) of the payment amount (e.g., to serve as another reminder to the user of the amount to be paid). In some embodiments, payment confirmation user interface 31 includes a confirmation request 837 (e.g., similar to authentication request 890 of payment confirmation user interface 787 , a graphical request, a textual request) requesting that the user provide confirmation to proceed with making the payment (e.g., of $28) to message participant 810 . For example, in FIG. 8 AG , confirmation request 837 states “Double Click to Pay.”

As shown in FIG. 8 AG , while displaying confirmation user interface 831 , electronic device 850 receives a user input corresponding to the confirmation requested via confirmation request 837 to proceed with completing the payment transfer. For example, as shown in FIG. 8 AG , the user input is a double-click (or a double-push) input 899 on mechanical button 855 .

In FIG. 8 AH , in response to receiving double-click input 899 on mechanical button 855 , electronic device 850 again displays (e.g., replaces display of payment confirmation user interface 831 with), on display 851 , message conversation 859 of messaging application 857 with message participant 810 . As shown in FIG. AH, (below message object 865 ) message conversation 859 now includes a payment message object 853 (e.g., similar to payment message object 866 described above with reference to, for example, FIG. 8 Q ) corresponding to the payment (of $28) transmitted to message participant 810 (in response to the message participant's request contained in the message corresponding to message object 865 ).

In some embodiments, as with payment message object 866 , payment message object 853 includes an amount indication 859 (e.g., corresponding to amount indication 868 of payment message object 866 ) of the payment amount. In some embodiments, also as with payment message object 866 , payment message object 853 includes a mode indication 859 (e.g., stating “PAY,” corresponding to mode indication 870 of payment message object 866 ). In some embodiments, also as with payment message object 866 , payment message object 853 includes a status indicator 859 (e.g., stating “PENDING,” corresponding to status indicator 894 of text message object 866 ) indicating a status of the payment associated with the payment message object sent to message participant 810 .

FIGS. 9 A- 9 I are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing peer-to-peer transfers using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method 900 is performed at a device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 , 700 , 800 , 850 ) with display, one or more input devices (e.g., a touchscreen, a mic, a camera, a biometric sensor), and a wireless communication radio (e.g., a Bluetooth connection, WiFi connection, a mobile broadband connection such as a 4G LTE connection). Some operations in method 900 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 900 provides an intuitive way for managing peer-to-peer transfers. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing peer-to-peer transfers, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage peer-to-peer transfers faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

The electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) receives ( 902 ), via the wireless communication radio, one or more messages (e.g., a text message, an email message, an instant message) (e.g., from a remote user).

The electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) displays ( 904 ) (e.g., in response to/subsequent to receiving the one or more messages), on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), a user interface for a messaging application (e.g., 706 , 806 , 857 ) that includes at least one of the one or more messages (e.g., 718 , 720 , 816 , 818 , 820 , 865 ) in a message conversation (e.g., 708 , 808 , 859 , an instant message conversation, a text message thread, an email thread) between a plurality of conversation participants (e.g., 710 , 810 , a user of the device and one or more other participants). Displaying the user interface for the messaging application (e.g., 706 , 806 , 857 ) and, in particular, the messages (e.g., 718 , 720 , 816 , 818 , 820 , 865 ) in the conversation provides the user with contextual feedback regarding the sender/receiver of messages in the conversation and reduces the need for the user to investigate the sender/receiver for further messages displayed in the conversation. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. In some examples, the message conversation (e.g., 708 , 808 , 859 ) ( 906 ) involves two or more participants, other than a user of the device.

While concurrently displaying, on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), at least one of the one or more messages (e.g., 718 , 720 , 816 , 818 , 820 , 865 ) in the message conversation (e.g., 708 , 808 , 859 ), the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) receives ( 908 ), from one of the participants (e.g., 710 , 810 ), a respective message (e.g., 720 , 820 , 865 ) (from the user or one of the other participants).

In response ( 910 ) to receiving the respective message, in accordance with a determination, based on an analysis of text in the respective message (and, optionally one or more prior messages in the message conversation), that the respective message relates to a transfer of a first type of item (e.g., a sticker, a photo, or a payment object) that the messaging application is configured to transfer, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) concurrently displays ( 912 ), on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), a representation of the message and a selectable indication (e.g., 722 , 822 , 867 , underlining a portion of the text that relates to the first type of item and updating the portion of the text to be a selectable affordance, or displaying in a virtual keyboard a representation of the first type of item) that corresponds to the first type of item. Concurrently displaying the representation of the message (e.g., 720 , 820 , 865 ) and the selectable indication (e.g., 722 , 822 , 867 ) in response to receiving a message that is determined to relate to a transfer of a type of item (e.g., a photo, a payment) provides the user with feedback to indicate that the selectable indication corresponds to the received message and that activating the selectable indication will cause an operation to be performed that relates to the message. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the text in the respective message (e.g., 720 , 820 , 865 ) includes ( 914 ) a first quantity (e.g., a number of stickers, a number of photos, a payment amount, a resource amount) of content of the first type of item. In some examples, the representation of the respective message includes the first quantity.

In some examples, in accordance with the determination, based on the analysis of the text in the respective message, that the respective message relates to the transfer of the first type of item that the messaging application is configured to transfer, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) displays ( 916 ) (e.g., at a suggestions region of a virtual keyboard (e.g., 712 , 812 ) that includes one or more suggested quantities (e.g., 724 , 824 ) of content of the first type of item), on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 ), a transfer affordance (e.g., 726 , 826 , 828 , 869 ) (e.g., an affordance for opening a sticker/photo gallery user interface, a payment affordance for opening a payment user interface, a resource-transfer affordance for opening a resource-transfer affordance). In some examples, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) detects user activation of the transfer affordance (e.g., 726 , 826 , 828 , 869 ), and in response to detecting the user activation of the transfer affordance (e.g., 726 , 826 , 828 , 869 ), the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) displays, on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) (e.g., a sticker/photo gallery for selecting stickers/photos to transfer, a numerical value selection user interface for selecting an amount of funds or an amount of resources) for initiating transfer of the first type of item to a participant in the message conversation (and ceasing to the display the virtual keyboard). Displaying the transfer affordance (e.g., 726 , 826 , 828 , 869 ) when the respective message relates to a transfer of an item and displaying the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) when the transfer affordance (e.g., 726 , 826 , 828 , 869 ) is activated avoids the need for the device to receive multiple user inputs to initiate the transfer user interface. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, in accordance with a determination that the respective message includes (or corresponds to) one or more features that indicate that the transfer request is a fraudulent transfer request (e.g., a transfer request from an unknown user/account, a transfer request from an unverified source, a transfer request from a flagged user/account), the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) forgoes displaying the transfer affordance (e.g., 726 , 826 , 828 , 869 ). In some examples, the electronic device further provides a prompt/notification (e.g., 726 , 836 , 838 ) indicating that the respective message is suspected to be a spam/junk message. In some examples, messages from participants not in a list of contacts (e.g., address book app) of the electronic device are flagged as relating to a fraudulent transfer request. In some examples, messages from participants in a list of contacts (e.g., a list of known spammers) of the electronic device are flagged as relating to a fraudulent transfer request. Not displaying the transfer affordance when the respective message relates to a fraudulent transfer request reduces the likelihood that the user will participant in the transfer without further investigating the transfer because the user must take additional steps to participate in the transfer, thereby enhancing the security of the technique and reducing the number of fraudulent transfers. Reducing the number of fraudulent transfers enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more secure (e.g., by reducing fraud when operating/interacting with the device).

In some examples, further in response to receiving the respective message, in accordance with a determination, based on the analysis of text in the respective message (and, optionally one or more prior messages in the message conversation), that the respective message does not relate to a transfer of the first type of item (e.g., a sticker, a photo, or a payment object), the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) displays ( 920 ), on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), a representation of the respective message (e.g., 720 , 820 , 865 ) (e.g., a regular text message, a regular chat bubble, a regular email message) without displaying the selectable indication (e.g., 722 , 822 , 867 ) that corresponds to the first type of item.

While the representation of the message and the selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item are concurrently displayed on the display, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) detects ( 922 ), via the one or more input devices, user activation (e.g., 801 , 871 , a touch gesture, such as a tap) of the selectable indication.

In response ( 924 ) to detecting the user activation (e.g., 801 , 871 ) of the selectable indication, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) displays ( 926 ), on the display ( 702 , 802 , 851 ), a transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) for initiating transfer of the first type of item between participants (e.g., 810 , the user) in the message conversation (e.g., a sticker sharing interface, a photo sharing interface, a payment interface, or a resource-numerical value selection user interface for receiving user adjustment of the amount of resources, such as points, credits, or funds, to be sent or requested). Displaying an indication (e.g., 722 , 822 , 867 ) that is selectable when the respective message relates to a transfer of an item and displaying the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) when the indication (e.g., 722 , 822 , 867 ) is selected (e.g., activated) avoids the need for the device to receive multiple user inputs to initiate the transfer user interface. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the text in the respective message includes ( 928 ) a first quantity (e.g., a number of stickers, a number of photos, a payment amount, a resource amount) of content of the first type of item. In some examples, the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) includes an indication of the first quantity (e.g., 848 , 881 ) of the content of the first type of item. In some examples, a quantity (e.g., a numerical value, a numerical value adjacent to a currency symbol/character) being contained in the text is used during analysis of the text in the respective message to determine that the respective message relates to a transfer of the first type of item (e.g., a sticker, a photo, or a payment object) that the messaging application is configured to transfer. Automatically displaying the quantity of the item from the message in the transfer user interface as a starting point allows the user to make adjustments (e.g., incrementing, decrementing) to the quantity derived from the message, rather than adjusting an unrelated value (e.g., value of 0), and helps to reduce the number of inputs needed to reach a desired adjusted value. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) includes ( 930 ) an indication of a second quantity of content of the first type of item, wherein the second quantity is a numerical value divided (e.g., proportionally) among the two or more participants based on the first quantity. For example, if the text in the respective message includes a first quantity of the content (e.g., a payment amount) of $20, and the number of other participants in the message conversation is 5 participants, the second quantity of the content is $20/5=$4. Automatically displaying a value based on the quantity of the item from the message in the transfer user interface as a starting point allows the user to make adjustments (e.g., incrementing, decrementing) to the value, rather than adjusting an unrelated value (e.g., 0), and reduces the number of inputs needed to reach a desired adjusted value. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) is concurrently displayed ( 932 ) with at least a portion of (e.g., some or all of) the representation of the respective message (e.g., 720 , 820 , 865 ) (and, optionally, with the selectable indication (e.g., 722 , 822 , 867 ) of the first resource amount). In some examples, the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) is displayed in a bottom-half portion of the display, and the messaging application (or the conversation of the messaging application) containing the representation of the respective message (e.g., 720 , 820 , 865 ) is displayed in a top-half portion of the display.

In some examples, the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) includes ( 934 ) a transfer mode affordance (e.g., a toggle for switching between a “transfer out” mode and a “requesting transfer” mode).

In some examples, the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) includes ( 936 ) a send affordance (e.g., 738 , 847 , 889 ) (e.g., an affordance for sending a message associated with selected stickers, an affordance for sending a message associated with selected photos, an affordance for sending a message associated with a selected amount of funds, an affordance for sending a message with a selected amount of resources).

In some examples, while displaying the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ), the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) receives ( 938 ) user input (e.g., a swipe in an upwards direction from an area of the transfer user interface towards and out of the top edge of the transfer user interface). In response ( 940 ) to receiving the user input, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) displays ( 942 ), on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), a keypad user interface (e.g., 856 , 862 ) (e.g., containing a numbers pad), wherein the keypad user interface (e.g., 856 , 862 ) includes one or more suggested numerical values for a quantity of the first type of item to transfer. In some examples, the keypad user interface (e.g., 856 , 862 ) replaces display of the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ). In some examples, the suggested numerical values are based on location (e.g., local sales tax). In some examples, the suggested numerical values are based on a number of participants in the message conversation. In some examples, the suggested numerical values are based on context (e.g., an indication that a payment will be split or multiple items need to be paid for). In some examples, the suggested numerical values include a suggestion with a tip included. In some examples, the one or more suggested numerical values are displayed as part of the keypad user interface (e.g., 856 , 862 ) in response to receiving the respective message and in accordance with the determination, based on analysis of text in the respective message (and, optionally one or more prior messages in the message conversation), that the respective message relates to transfer of the first type of item (e.g., a sticker, a photo, or a payment object) that the messaging application is configured to transfer.

In some examples, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) detects ( 944 ) a first activation (e.g., touchscreen tap on) of the transfer mode affordance. In response ( 946 ) to detecting the first activation of the transfer mode affordance, the electronic device designates ( 948 ) the message associated with the transfer of the first type of item as corresponding to a transmission (e.g., sending out) of the first type of item. The electronic device detects ( 950 ) a second activation of the transfer mode affordance. In response ( 952 ) to detecting the second activation of the transfer mode affordance, the electronic device designates ( 954 ) the message associated with the transfer of the first type of item as corresponding to a request for the first type of item.

In some examples, the electronic device detects ( 956 ) user activation of the send affordance (e.g., 738 , 847 , 889 ). In response ( 958 ) to detecting the user activation of the send affordance (e.g., 738 , 847 , 889 ), the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) displays ( 960 ), on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), a graphical representation of a message (e.g., 866 , 853 ) (e.g., a message associated with selected stickers, a message associated with selected photos, a message associated with a selected amount of funds, a message with a selected amount of resources) associated with the transfer of the first type of item (e.g., stickers, photos, funds, resources) in the message conversation, wherein the graphical representation of the message (e.g., 866 , 853 ) associated with the transfer of the first type of item includes an indication of a quantity of content (e.g., 868 , 859 ) (e.g., a number of stickers, a number of photos, an amount of funds, an amount of resources) of the first type of item being transferred. Displaying a message that includes an indication of the quantity of the item transferred provides the user with visual feedback of the operation being performed and enables the user to subsequently review the message conversation to understand the amount of the item transferred and to whom it was transferred. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, in response ( 958 ) to detecting the user activation of the send affordance (e.g., 738 , 847 , 889 ) and prior to displaying, on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 ), the graphical representation of the message (e.g., 866 , 853 ) associated with the transfer of the first type of item in the message conversation, in accordance with a determination that the message associated with the transfer of the first type of item corresponds to a transmission of the first type of item, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) displays ( 964 ), on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), an authentication user interface (e.g., 878 , 831 ) requesting authentication information (e.g., biometric information, such as a fingerprint, facial features, iris/retina features, or input information such as a passcode or pattern). The electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) receives ( 966 ), via the one or more input devices (e.g., 704 , 804 , 855 ), the authentication information. In accordance with a determination that the received authentication information corresponds to enrolled authentication information (stored on the device) for authorizing transfers, the electronic device displays ( 968 ), on the display, the graphical representation of the message (e.g., 866 , 853 ) associated with the transfer of the first type of item in the message conversation (e.g., 708 , 808 , 859 ). In accordance with a determination that the received authentication information does not correspond to the enrolled authentication information for authorizing transfers, the electronic device forgoes displaying ( 970 ), on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), the graphical representation of the message (e.g., 866 , 853 ) associated with the transfer of the first type of item in the message conversation (e.g., 708 , 808 , 859 ).

In some examples, while displaying ( 972 ), on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ), blocks 974 - 980 are performed. The electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) displays ( 974 ) a numerical value (e.g., 848 , 881 ) representing a quantity of the first type of item (e.g., “0” or a non-zero value determined based on the text analysis of the text in the respective message). The electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) detects ( 976 ), via the one or more input devices, a user input (e.g., 803 , 805 ). In accordance with a determination that the user input corresponds to a first type of user input, the electronic device increases ( 978 ) the displayed numerical value (e.g., 848 , 881 ) by an amount corresponding to the first type of user input. In some examples, the first type of user input corresponds to a selection of a first affordance, such as a “+” affordance (e.g., 850 , 885 ). In some examples, the first type of user input corresponds to a horizontal/vertical scrub in a first direction. In accordance with a determination that the user input corresponds to a second type of user input, the electronic device decreases ( 980 ) the displayed numerical value (e.g., 848 , 881 ) by an amount corresponding to the second type of user input. In some examples, the second type of user input corresponds to a selection of a second affordance, such as a “−” affordance (e.g., 852 , 883 ). In some examples, the second type of user input corresponds to a vertical/horizontal scrub in a second direction.

In some examples, the user input is a continuous input (e.g., a “touch and hold” input, a prolonged input) on an affordance for at least a predetermined time. In accordance with the determination that the user input corresponds to the first type of user input (e.g., an input on a first affordance, such as a “+” affordance), the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) increases the displayed numerical value (e.g., 848 , 881 ) by an increasingly faster rate based on the duration (and/or characteristics intensity) of the user input. In accordance with the determination that the user input corresponds to the second type of user input (e.g., an input on a second affordance, such as a “−” affordance), the electronic device decreases the displayed numerical value (e.g., 848 , 881 ) by an increasingly faster rate based on the duration (and/or characteristics intensity) of the user input. Thus, in some examples, the displayed numerical value (e.g., 848 , 881 ) changes (increases or decreases) at a progressively faster rate as the user input is held for an increasingly longer duration of time. Increasing or decreasing the numerical value by an increasingly faster rate based on the duration (or intensity) of the user input provides the user with feedback about the duration (or level of intensity) that is being detected by the device based on the user's input and provides visual feedback to the user indicating that holding longer (or pressing harder will) cause the device to increase the rate of the change. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the user input (e.g., 803 , 805 ) is a continuous input on an affordance (e.g., a “touch and hold” input, a prolonged input) having a first characteristic intensity at a first time and a second characteristic intensity (e.g., stronger than the first contact intensity) at a second time (e.g., a time later than the first time). Thus, in some examples, the user input is a contact that becomes stronger/firmer as time passes. In accordance with the determination that the user input corresponds to the first type of user input (e.g., an input on a first affordance, such as a “+” affordance (e.g., 850 , 885 )), increasing the displayed numerical value (e.g., 848 , 881 ) by a first rate at the first time and by a second rate (e.g., a rate faster than the first rate) at the second time. In accordance with the determination that the user input corresponds to the second type of user input (e.g., an input on a second affordance, such as a “−” affordance (e.g., 852 , 883 )), decreasing the displayed numerical value (e.g., 848 , 881 ) by the first rate at the first time and by the second rate at the second time. Thus, in some examples, the displayed numerical value changes (increases or decreases) at a progressively faster rate as a user's touch/contact input becomes increasing firmer/stronger. Increasing or decreasing the numerical value by an increasingly faster rate based on the intensity of the user input provides the user with feedback about the level of intensity that is being detected by the device based on the user's input and provides visual feedback to the user indicating that pressing harder will cause the device to increase the rate of the change. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) provides feedback (e.g., haptic feedback in the form of one or more tactile outputs, audio feedback) while changing (increasing or decreasing) the displayed numerical value (e.g., by the amount corresponding to the first type of user input or to the second type of user input).

In some examples, in accordance with a determination that the user input corresponds to a third type of user input (e.g., an upwards swipe on the transfer user interface), the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) replaces display of the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) with a numerical keypad user interface (e.g., 856 , 862 ) (e.g., a user interface that includes an icon for each digit), wherein the numerical keypad user interface (e.g., 856 , 862 ) includes a plurality of suggested values (for the quantity of the first type of item to transfer).

In some examples, an amount of at least one of the plurality of suggested values is determined based on stored historical use data (e.g., the most frequently used values, the most recently used value) associated with a user of the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ).

In some examples, further in response to receiving the respective message, in accordance with a determination, based on the analysis of text in the respective message (and, optionally one or more prior messages in the message conversation), that the respective message does not relate to a transfer of the first type of item (e.g., a sticker, a photo, or a payment object), the electronic device displays, on the display, a representation of the respective message (e.g., a regular text message, a regular chat bubble, a regular email message) without displaying the selectable indication (e.g., 722 , 822 , 867 ) that corresponds to the first type of item.

In some examples, the selectable indication (e.g., 722 , 822 , 867 ) is a portion of the text (e.g., a name or quantity of a sticker(s), a name or quantity of a photo(s), an amount of funds, an amount of resources) in (the representation of) the respective message that relates to the first type of item that is visually distinguished (e.g., by underlining the portion of the text or displaying the portion of the text in a different color) from other text in the respective message.

In some examples, displaying, on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ) comprises replacing display of a virtual keyboard (e.g., 712 , 812 , a regular virtual keyboard of the operating system of the device) having a plurality of alphanumeric keys with the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ).

In some examples, in accordance with a determination that a message prepared to be sent corresponds to the first type of item, the send affordance (e.g. 874 ) is displayed with a first visual characteristic (e.g., a color, a shade, a graphical pattern, a shape). In some examples, in accordance with a determination that the message prepared to be sent corresponds to a second type of item (e.g., a textual message) different from the first type of item, the send affordance (e.g., 874 ) is displayed with a second visual characteristic (e.g., a different color, a different shade, a different graphical pattern, a different shape) different from the first visual characteristic. In some examples, when a message has been prepared to be sent that includes a payment or a request for payment, the send affordance (e.g., 874 ) is a first color, when the message to be sent does not include a payment or a request for payment, the send affordance (e.g., 874 ) is a second color that is different from the first color. Visually differentiating between drafts of messages that do and drafts of messages that do not correspond to transfer of items helps the user avoid unintentionally sending messages that include transfer of items. This is particularly helpful because non-transfer messages involve limited consequences and users may send such messages with little review, while messages that correspond to transfers involve relatively higher consequences. The differentiated visual feedback prompts the user to review such messages more carefully. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the graphical representation of the message (e.g., 866 , 853 ) associated with transfer of the first type of item is displayed with a third visual characteristic (e.g., a color, a shade, a graphical pattern, a shape) in the message conversation (e.g., 708 , 808 , 859 ), and a representation of a message (e.g., 718 , 720 , 816 , 818 , 820 , 865 ) in the message conversation not associated with transfer of the first type of item is displayed with a fourth visual characteristic (e.g., a different color, a different shade, a different graphical pattern, a different shape) that is different from the third visual characteristic. Visually differentiating between messages that do and do not correspond to transfer of items helps the user quickly identify messages that include transfers of items. This is particularly helpful because non-transfer messages involve limited consequences and users may glance over such messages with little review, while messages that correspond to transfers involve relatively higher consequences. The differentiated visual feedback prompts the user to review such messages more carefully (and potentially take action). Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, in accordance with a determination that the respective message corresponds to a transmission, from a first participant in the message conversation, of a first quantity of content of the first type of item, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) automatically (e.g., without checking for authentication, without requesting authentication information, without requiring user input) transfers the first quantity of content of the first type of item to the first participant (e.g., 710 , 810 ). In some examples, in accordance with the determination that the respective message corresponds to a transmission, from the first participant in the message conversation, the electronic device displays (e.g., without checking for authentication, without requesting authentication information), on the display, a graphical representation of a message associated with transferring the first quantity of content of the first type of item to the first participant (e.g., 710 , 810 ). Automatically accepting transfers of content when the message is a transfer of items to the user of the device allows quicker processing of the transfer and avoids the need for additional user inputs to accept the transfer. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, while displaying, on the display (e.g., 702 , 802 , 851 ), the transfer user interface (e.g., 728 , 840 , 875 ), the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) displays an affordance for changing an account (e.g., a payment account, such as a debit card account or a credit card account, a points account, a resources account) for use in the transfer of the first type of item. The electronic device detects, via the one or more input devices, user activation of the affordance for changing the account. In response to detecting the user activation of the affordance for changing the account, the electronic device displays, on the display, an account user interface including a representation of a current account and a representation of a second account, wherein the current account is currently selected for use in the transfer. The electronic device detects, via the one or more input devices, user selection of the representation of the second account. In response to detecting the user selection of the representation of the second account, the electronic device selects the second account for use in the transfer (e.g., without using the first account).

In some examples, in response to (or subsequent to) transferring the first type of item to participants in the message conversation, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) provides (e.g., in addition to the outputted feedback described in method 1200 with reference to FIGS. 12 A- 12 C ) a dynamic graphical animation (e.g., moving cash, falling cash) within the representation of the message (or, alternatively, within the entire displayed message conversation or within the entire display). In some examples, in response to (or subsequent to) receiving the first type of item from participants in the message conversation, the electronic device (e.g., 700 , 800 , 850 ) provides (e.g., in addition to the outputted feedback described in method 1200 with reference to FIGS. 12 A- 12 C ) a dynamic graphical animation (e.g., moving cash/currency symbols, falling cash/currency symbols) within the representation of the message (or, alternatively, within the entire displayed message conversation or within the entire display).

In some examples, subsequent to initiating the transfer of the first type of item between the participants (e.g., 710 , 810 , the user) in the message conversation (e.g., 708 , 808 , 859 ), and in accordance with a determination that the transfer of the first type of item has been accepted by a participant, a dynamic visual, audio, and/or sensory feedback is applied to the representation of the message and/or the selectable indication that corresponds to the first type of item by the device (e.g., as described below in method 1200 with reference to FIGS. 12 A- 12 C ). In some examples, the dynamic feedback is a visual feedback where the font changes with the orientation of the device (e.g., as described below in method 1200 with reference to FIGS. 12 A- 12 C ). In some examples, the dynamic feedback is a visual feedback where the font changes with the movement of the user's face relative to the device (e.g., as described below in method 1200 with reference to FIGS. 12 A- 12 C ). In some examples, the dynamic feedback is a sensory feedback, such as a haptic feedback (e.g., as described below in method 1200 with reference to FIGS. 12 A- 12 C ).

Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 900 (e.g., FIGS. 9 A- 9 I ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, method 900 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described below with reference to methods 1200 , 1500 , 1800 , 2100 , 2400 , 2700 , 3000 , and 3400 . For example, the outputting of dynamic feedback described in method 1200 can be applied with respect to the graphical representation of a message (e.g., 866 , 853 ). For another example, the different visual appearances of a message object based on whether the message object corresponds to a transmission message or a request message, as described in method 1500 , can be applied with respect to the graphical representation of a message (e.g., 866 , 853 ). For another example, a request for activating an account that is authorized to obtain one or items (e.g., a sticker, a photo, resources, a payment), as described in method 1800 , can be applied with respect to the graphical representation of a message (e.g., 866 , 853 ) when retrieving one or more items (e.g., a sticker, a photo, a payment) associated with the message. For another example, displaying representations of a first account and a second account, as described in method 2100 , can also be displayed on the authentication user interface (e.g., 878 , 831 ). For another example, automatically proceeding with a transfer, as described in method 2400 , without any user input can be used to accept a transfer corresponding to the graphical representation of a message (e.g., 866 , 853 ). For another example, the plurality of items including information from messages in a message conversation, as described in method 2700 , can be displayed in response to user selection of the graphical representation of a message (e.g., 866 , 853 ). For another example, an utterance can be used, as described in method 3000 , to create the graphical representation of a message (e.g., 866 , 853 ). For another example, a visual effect (e.g., a coloring effect, a geometric alteration effect) can be applied, as described in method 3400 , to an element (e.g., 868 , 853 ) of a graphical representation of a message (e.g., 866 , 853 ) when a transfer (e.g., of a resource, of a file, of a payment) associated with the message is completed. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.

The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described with respect to FIGS. 1 A, 3 , and 5 A ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to FIGS. 9 A- 9 I are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1 A- 1 B . For example, receiving operation 902 , displaying operation 904 , receiving operation 908 , displaying operation 912 , detecting operation 922 , and displaying operation 926 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170 , event recognizer 180 , and event handler 190 . Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive surface 604 , and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136 - 1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192 . In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1 A- 1 B .

FIGS. 10 A- 10 D illustrate example user interfaces for managing peer-to-peer transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. As described in greater detail below, the non-limiting example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 10 A- 10 D relate to the non-limited example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 11 A- 11 V , which in turn are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 12 A- 12 C .

FIG. 10 A illustrates an electronic device 1000 (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 , device 300 , or device 500 ). In the non-limiting example embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 10 A- 10 D , electronic device 1000 is a smartphone. In other embodiments, electronic device 1000 can be a different type of electronic device, such as a wearable device (e.g., a smartwatch). Electronic device 1000 has a display 1002 and one or more sensor devices (e.g., an accelerometer, one or more cameras). In some embodiments, optionally, electronic device 1000 also has one or more input devices (e.g., a touchscreen of display 1002 , a mechanical button 1004 , a mic).

In FIG. 10 A , electronic device 1000 displays, on display 1002 , a message conversation 1008 of a messaging application 1006 between a user of the device (e.g., “Kate Appleseed”) and a message participant 1010 (e.g., “John Appleseed”). In some embodiments, message participant 1010 is a contact stored on the device. In some embodiments, message participant 1010 is a contact of a contact list associated with the user account logged onto the device. In some embodiments, message participant 1010 is a contact included in a trusted contacts list associated with the user account logged onto the device.

In some embodiments, electronic device 1000 also displays, on display 1002 , a virtual keyboard 1012 (e.g., an alphanumeric keyboard for typing a message) and a compose bar 1014 displaying the text of a message as a message is typed using virtual keyboard 1012 . In some embodiments, a mechanical keyboard can be used in addition to or alternatively to virtual keyboard 1012 to type a message. In some embodiments, compose bar 1014 can expand (e.g., expand upwards) to accommodate a longer message or message object (e.g., an image, an emoticon, a special type of message object, such as a payment object). In some embodiments, compose bar 1014 includes a mic button 1016 which, when activated, enables the user to record a message using voice input.

As shown in FIG. 10 A , message conversation 1008 includes a message object 1018 . Message object 1018 corresponds to a message sent by message participant 1010 to the user of electronic device 1000 . In message object 1018 , the message participant states to the user: “Can you send me the photo from last night?” In other words, message participant 1010 is requesting to the user that the user send to the message participant, via the messaging application, a photo stored on electronic device 1000 (or accessible by the device) taken last night.

As shown in FIG. 10 A , message conversation 1008 also includes a pending transfer message object 1020 . Pending transfer message object 1020 corresponds to a pending transfer of a photo (from last night) sent by the user to message participant 1010 in response to the message participant's request in message object 1018 . In some embodiments, instead of a photo, the transfer can be a different type of file, such as a video file, an audio file, or a document. In some embodiments, the transfer can be of a plurality of files. In some embodiments, pending transfer message object 1020 includes a mini-file object 1022 (e.g., a (selectable) thumbnail, a (selectable) preview image, a link) corresponding to the photo (from last night) sent by the user to message participant 1010 via pending transfer message object 1020 . In some embodiments, pending transfer message object 1020 also includes a status indicator 1024 (e.g., stating “PENDING”) that informs the user of a status of the transfer associated with the message object. In some embodiments, a transfer is “pending” when an intended recipient of the message corresponding to the transfer, which in this example is message participant 1010 , has not yet accepted (e.g., viewed, downloaded) the file (e.g., photo, video file, audio file, document) corresponding to the transfer message object. In some embodiments, the file (e.g., the photo corresponding to preview image 1022 ) corresponding to the transfer is selected using the process described above with respect to FIGS. 7 A- 7 E .

FIG. 10 B shows electronic device 1000 , while displaying the display (including pending transfer message object 1020 within message conversation 1008 ) shown in FIG. 10 A , being viewed at two different angles (angle 1000 A and angle 1000 B) relative to a reference point 1026 that is a face of a viewer (e.g., the user) of the device in a field of view of a sensor (e.g., a camera) of the device. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the reference point is a static point external to the device, such as a location on the ground or floor. As shown in FIG. 10 B , from the perspective of reference point 1026 of a viewer (e.g., the user) viewing display 1002 of the device at either angle 1000 A or at angle 1000 B, pending transfer message object 1020 appears the same at either angle. In other words, whether a viewer (e.g., the user) views display 1002 of the device at angle 1000 A, or whether a viewer (e.g., the user) views display 1002 of the device at angle 1000 B, or whether a viewer (e.g., the user) views display 1002 of the device from straight on (e.g., such that the display is not tilted at an angle relative to the face of the viewer, as shown in FIG. 10 A ), there is no change in how the pending transfer message object is perceived by the user, for there is no change in how the pending transfer message object is displayed on display 1002 by the device. Thus, in FIG. 10 B (in contrast to FIG. 10 D , described below), the device does not provide any feedback (e.g., visual feedback, audio feedback) associated with pending transfer message object 1020 to a viewer (e.g., the user) of the device in response to a change in orientation (e.g., change in movement, change in viewing angle) of the device relative to a reference point (e.g., the viewer's face, a static point external to the device).

In FIG. 10 C , the photo corresponding to mini-file object 1022 has been viewed (or downloaded) by message participant 1010 . Thus, FIG. 10 C shows, in place of pending transfer message object 1020 , a completed transfer message object 1028 . A transfer message object is a completed transfer message object (as opposed to a pending transfer message object) when a file (e.g., the photo corresponding to mini-file object 1022 ) associated with the transfer corresponding to the transfer message object has been viewed (or downloaded) by the intended recipient (e.g., message participant 1010 ) of the transfer. In some embodiments, status indicator 1024 is updated (e.g., to state “VIEWED” instead of “PENDING”) to inform the user that the file (e.g., the photo corresponding to mini-file object 1022 ) corresponding to the transfer associated with the transfer message object has been viewed (or downloaded) by the intended recipient.

In some embodiments, electronic device 1000 generates a feedback (e.g., a visual effect, a sensory feedback, such as a haptic effect, an audio feedback) associated with a completed transfer message object, which indicates to the user that the transfer of the file corresponding to message object has been accepted (e.g., viewed, downloaded). For example, once the transfer of the file corresponding to the transfer message object has been completed, a visual effect is applied to mini-file object 1022 of completed transfer message object 1028 . In some embodiments, the visual effect applied to the mini-file object is a bolding (or thickening) of a border of the mini-file object. In some embodiments, the visual effect applied to the mini-file object is a black outline (e.g., a shadow) applied to a border of the mini-file object. In some embodiments, the visual effect applied to the mini-file object is a change color of at least a portion of the mini-file object.

In some embodiments, electronic device 1000 generates feedback (e.g., a visual feedback, a haptic feedback, an audio feedback) that is associated with the completed transfer message object or associated with an element (e.g., mini-file object 1022 ) of the completed transfer message object. In some embodiments, the feedback is a dynamic visual feedback causing display of the completed transfer message object (e.g., completed transfer message object 1028 ) or an element (e.g., mini-file object 1022 ) of the transfer message object to change as changes in the orientation of the device relative to reference point 1026 are detected. In some embodiments, changes in orientation of the device are detected via the one or more sensors of the device (e.g., an accelerometer, a camera). For example, the device detects movement, and thus changes in its orientation, via an accelerometer. For another example, the device detects changes in its position relative to the face of a viewer (e.g., the user) via a camera. In some embodiments, the dynamic feedback (e.g., visual, haptic, and/or audio feedback) gradually changes as the orientation of the device and/or the position of the device relative to the face of the user changes (e.g., the amount and/or direction of the change in the dynamic feedback is determined by an amount and/or direction of the change in the orientation of the device and/or the position of the device relative to the face of the user).

For example, in FIG. 10 D , the dynamic visual feedback is a 3D effect that provides the user with the visual effect that mini-file object 1022 of the completed transfer message object 1028 is three-dimensional (e.g., similar to the one or more types of visual feedback applied to amount object 3324 described below with reference to, for example, FIGS. 33 D- 33 J ). Thus, in FIG. 10 D , based on reference point 1026 , mini-file object 1022 of completed transfer message object 1028 looks visually different (e.g., the mini-file object that corresponds to a photo appears to be a dynamic cube, with the photo displayed on one side of the cube, instead of a two dimensional photo) from angle 1000 A of the device and from angle 1000 B of the device and, optionally, both the view of mini-file object 1022 of completed transfer message object 1028 from angle 1000 A and angle 1000 B look different from the appearance of the mini-file object of the completed transfer message object from straight on (e.g., such that the display is not tilted at an angle relative to the reference point, as shown in FIG. 10 C ). In some embodiments, the dynamic visual feedback is a changing color applied to at least a portion of the mini-file object or to at least a portion of the completed transfer message object. In some embodiments, the dynamic visual feedback is a changing background applied to the completed transfer message object. In some embodiments, the dynamic visual feedback is a moving of one or more elements, such as mini-file object 1022 , of the completed transfer message object.

In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 10 D , in addition to, or instead of, generating a dynamic visual feedback, the device generates a dynamic haptic feedback 1030 (e.g., similar to the generated tactile output 3336 described below with reference to, for example, FIGS. 33 F- 33 H ). In some embodiments, the dynamic haptic feedback is a dynamically strengthening and weakening tactile output caused by the device. In some embodiments, the dynamic haptic feedback is a tactile output with changing tactile output patterns caused by the device. In some embodiments, the strength or frequency of the tactile output changes as the device detects changes in the orientation of the device relative to the reference point (e.g., reference point 1026 ).

In some embodiments, the generated feedback (e.g., visual feedback, haptic feedback, audio feedback) is caused (e.g., only) by an operating system program of the device and non-operating system programs of the device are not enabled to cause the feedback.

As mentioned above, the non-limiting example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 10 A- 10 D described above relate to the non-limited example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 11 A- 11 V described below. Therefore, it is to be understood that the processes described above with respect to the example user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 10 A- 10 D and the processes described below with respect to the example user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 11 A- 11 V are largely analogous processes that similarly involve initiating and managing transfers using an electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 , 1000 , or 1100 ).

FIGS. 11 A- 11 V illustrate example user interfaces for peer-to-peer transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 12 A- 12 C .

FIG. 11 A illustrates an electronic device 1100 (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 , device 300 , or device 500 ). In the non-limiting example embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 11 A- 11 V , electronic device 1100 is a smartphone. In other embodiments, electronic device 1100 can be a different type of electronic device, such as a wearable device (e.g., a smartwatch). Electronic device 1100 has a display 1102 and one or more sensor devices (e.g., an accelerometer, one or more cameras). In some embodiments, optionally, electronic device 1100 also has one or more input devices (e.g., a mechanical button 1104 ).

In FIG. 11 A , electronic device 1100 displays, on display 1102 , a message conversation 1108 of a messaging application 1106 between a user of the device (e.g., “Kate Appleseed”) and a message participant 1110 (e.g., “John Appleseed”). In some embodiments, message participant 1110 is a contact stored on the device. In some embodiments, message participant 1110 is a contact of a contact list associated with the user account logged onto the device. In some embodiments, message participant 1110 is a contact included in a trusted contacts list associated with the user account logged onto the device.

In some embodiments, electronic device 1100 also displays, on display 1102 , a virtual keyboard 1112 (e.g., an alphanumeric keyboard for typing a message) and a compose bar 1114 displaying the text of a message as a message is typed using virtual keyboard 1112 . In some embodiments, a mechanical keyboard can be used in addition to or alternatively to virtual keyboard 1112 to type a message. In some embodiments, compose bar 1114 can expand (e.g., expand upwards) to accommodate a longer message or message object (e.g., an image, an emoticon, a special type of message object, such as a payment object). In some embodiments, compose bar 1114 includes a mic button 1114 A which, when activated, enables the user to record a message using voice input.

As shown in FIG. 11 A , message conversation 1108 includes a message object 1116 and a payment message object 1118 . Message object 1116 corresponds to a message sent by the user of electronic device 1100 to message participant 1110 . In message object 1116 , the user states to message participant: “Dinner was $28.” In other words, the user is informing message participant 1110 that the user is owed $28 by message participant 1110 (and thus requesting that $28 be paid by message participant 1110 to the user). Payment message object 1118 corresponds to a payment sent by message participant 1110 to the user for $28 (responding to the user's request for payment of $28). In addition, an accompanying note message object 1126 corresponding to an accompanying note (e.g., “for dinner”) sent together with the message corresponding to payment message object 1118 is also displayed.

As shown, payment message object 1118 also includes a mode indication 1120 (e.g., stating “PAY”) that the payment message object corresponds to a payment made by message participant 1110 to the user via an operating-system controlled payment transfer application (and not by a third-party application). Payment message object 1118 also includes an amount indication 1122 (e.g., “$28”) of the amount of the payment sent by message participant 1110 to the user. Alternatively, if payment message object 1118 corresponded to a request for payment (instead of a sent payment) by message participant 1110 to the user, amount indication 1122 would indicate an amount of the requested payment and, optionally, further indication that the amount is being requested (e.g., “$28 requested”).

Payment message object 1118 also includes an accept button 1124 for accepting the payment (or, alternatively, agreeing to send the payment made by a payment request) corresponding to received message object 1118 in the amount shown in amount indication 1122 . In some embodiments, payment message object 1118 also includes an accompanying note message object 1126 . In FIG. 11 A , message participant 1110 informs the user, via note message object 1126 , that the payment corresponding to payment object 1118 is “For dinner” (that was requested by the user via message object 1116 ).

FIG. 11 B shows electronic device 1100 , while displaying the display (including payment message object 1118 within message conversation 1108 ) shown in FIG. 11 A , being viewed at two different angles (angle 1100 A and angle 1100 B) relative to a reference point 1128 that is a face of a viewer (e.g., the user) of the device in a field of view of a sensor (e.g., a camera) of the device. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the reference point is a static point external to the device, such as a location on the ground or floor. As shown in FIG. 11 B , from the perspective of reference point 1128 of a viewer (e.g., the user) viewing display 1102 of the device at either angle 1100 A or at angle 1100 B, payment message object 1118 appears the same at either angle. In other words, whether a viewer (e.g., the user) views display 1102 of the device at angle 1100 A, or whether a viewer (e.g., the user) views display 1102 of the device at angle 1100 B, or whether a viewer (e.g., the user) views display 1102 of the device from straight on (e.g., such that the display is not tilted at an angle relative to the face of the viewer, as shown in FIG. 11 A ) there is no change in how the payment message object is perceived by the user, for there is no change in how the payment message object is displayed on display 1102 by the device. Thus, in FIG. 11 B (in contrast to FIG. 11 E , described below), the device does not provide any feedback associated with payment message object 1118 to a viewer (e.g., the user) of the device in response to a change in orientation (e.g., change in movement, change in viewing angle) of the device relative to the viewer's (e.g., the user's) face.

In FIG. 11 C , while displaying payment message object 1118 within message conversation 1108 , electronic device 1100 detects user input on accept button 1124 of the payment message object. For example, as shown in FIG. 11 C , the user input is a tap gesture 1101 on accept button 1124 of payment message object 1118 .

FIG. 11 D shows, in place of (non-completed) payment message object 1118 , a completed payment message object 1132 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11 D , in response to detecting tap gesture 1101 on payment message object 1118 (thereby accepting the payment from message participant 1110 ), accept button 1124 ceases to be displayed on the payment message object. As also shown in FIG. 11 D , in response to detecting tap gesture 1101 on payment message object 1118 (thereby accepting the payment from message participant 1110 ), electronic device 1100 generates a feedback (e.g., a visual effect, a sensory feedback, such as a haptic effect, an audio feedback) indicating to the user that the payment corresponding to payment message object 1118 has been accepted and that payment message object 1118 , now completed payment message object 1132 , corresponds to a payment that has already been accepted.

For example, as shown in FIG. 11 D , in response to detecting tap gesture 1101 on payment message object 1118 , amount indication 1122 (e.g., “$28”) of completed payment message object 1132 is visually changed. In some embodiments, the visual change to amount indication 1122 is a bolding (or thickening) of the font of the displayed amount (e.g., “$28”). In some embodiments, the visual change to amount indication 1122 includes a black outline (e.g., a shadow) applied to the font of the displayed amount (e.g., “$28”). In some embodiments, the visual change to amount indication 1122 is a change in color (e.g., from black to white) of the displayed amount (e.g., “$28”).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting tap gesture 1101 on payment message object, electronic device 1100 generates feedback (e.g., a visual feedback, a haptic feedback, an audio feedback) associated with the payment message object. In some embodiments, the feedback is a dynamic visual feedback causing display of the payment message object (e.g., completed payment message object 1132 ) to change as changes in the orientation of the device relative to reference point 1128 are detected. In some embodiments, changes in orientation of the device are detected via the one or more sensors of the device (e.g., an accelerometer, a camera). For example, the device detects movement, and thus changes in its orientation, via an accelerometer. For another example, the device detects changes in its position relative to the face of a viewer (e.g., the user) via a camera. In some embodiments, the dynamic feedback (e.g., visual, haptic, and/or audio feedback) gradually changes as the orientation of the device and/or the position of the device relative to the face of the user changes (e.g., the amount and/or direction of the change in the dynamic feedback is determined by an amount and/or direction of the change in the orientation of the device and/or the position of the device relative to the face of the user).

For example, in FIG. 11 E , the dynamic visual feedback is a 3D effect (e.g., the simulated depth effect 3325 described below with reference to FIGS. 33 D- 33 J ) that provides the user with the visual effect that amount indication 1122 of the payment message object is three-dimensional (e.g., similar to the one or more types of visual feedback applied to amount object 3324 described below with reference to, for example, FIGS. 33 D- 33 J ). Thus, in FIG. 11 E , based on reference point 1128 of the user, amount indication 1122 of payment message object 1118 looks visually different (e.g., shadows behind the displayed numbers of amount indication 1122 appear different) from angle 1100 A of the device and from angle 1100 B of the device and, optionally, both the view of payment message object 1118 from angle 1100 A and angle 1100 B look different from the appearance of the payment message object 1118 from straight on (e.g., such that the display is not tilted at an angle relative to the face of the viewer, as shown in FIG. 11 D ). In some embodiments, the dynamic visual feedback is a changing color applied to the amount indication (or to the entire payment message object). In some embodiments, the dynamic visual feedback is a changing background applied to the payment message object. In some embodiments, the dynamic visual feedback is a moving of one or more elements, such as amount indication 1122 or mode indication 1120 , of the payment message object.

In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 11 E , in addition to, or instead of, generating a dynamic visual feedback, the device generates a dynamic haptic feedback 1130 (e.g., similar to the generated tactile output 3336 described below with reference to, for example, FIGS. 33 F and 33 H ). In some embodiments, the dynamic haptic feedback is a dynamically strengthening and weakening tactile output caused by the device. In some embodiments, the dynamic haptic feedback is a tactile output with changing tactile output patterns caused by the device. In some embodiments, the strength or frequency of the tactile output changes as the device detects changes in the orientation of the device relative to the reference point (e.g., reference point 1128 ).

In some embodiments, the generated feedback (e.g., visual feedback, haptic feedback, audio feedback) is caused (e.g., only) by an operating system program of the device and non-operating system programs of the device are not enabled to cause the feedback.

In FIG. 11 F , while displaying completed payment message object 1132 within message conversation 1108 , electronic device 1100 detects a user input on the completed payment message object. For example, as shown in FIG. 11 F , the user input is a tap gesture 1103 on completed payment message object 1132 .

In FIG. 11 G , in response to detecting tap gesture 1103 , electronic device 1100 displays (e.g., replaces display of messaging application 1106 and virtual keyboard 1112 with) a transaction detail user interface 1134 that includes a graphical representation 1135 (e.g., a copy) of the completed payment message object (e.g., completed payment message object 1132 ), a textual indication 1137 of a note accompanying the payment (e.g., accompanying note message object 1126 stating “For dinner”), plurality of details relating to the selected (e.g., the payment corresponding to completed payment message object 1132 ) transaction. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 A of the payment (or, alternatively, payment request) sender/recipient. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 B of the payment account or the payment receipt account. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 C of the date and time of the payment (or, alternately, of the payment request). In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 D of the date and time of competed transaction. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 E of a transaction number. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 F of the payment (or, alternatively, payment request) amount.

As shown, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes a wallet button 1136 (e.g., a “View in Wallet” selectable indication) for viewing the transaction details in an electronic wallet application of electronic device 1100 . In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes a send again button 1131 (e.g., if the payment associated payment message object 1135 was a payment made by the user to a message participant) for creating a new payment message object corresponding to a payment in the same amount as the currently-viewed transaction intended for the same recipient as the currently-viewed transaction. Thus, send again button 1131 provides the user with a quick and easy option to perform another payment in the same amount (e.g., “$28”) to the same recipient (e.g., message participant 1110 ) via the transaction detail user interface of the last transaction with that recipient. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes a refund button 1133 (e.g., if the payment associated payment message object 1135 was a payment made by the user to a message participant) for requesting a refund of a sent payment. In some embodiments, refund button 1133 is only available (e.g., is only visible, is only selectable) if the payment associated with the payment message object has been accepted (e.g., is no longer pending because the intended recipient (e.g., message participant 1110 ) has accepted the payment).

FIG. 11 H illustrates a different message conversation 1140 of messaging application 806 . In FIG. 11 H , message conversation 1140 is between the user of electronic device 1100 and an unknown participant 1142 . In some embodiments, unknown participant 1142 is a participant that does not correspond to a contact stored on the device. In some embodiments, unknown participant 1142 is a participant that is not included in a contact of a contact list associated with the user account logged onto the device. In some embodiments, unknown participant 1142 is a participant not included in a trusted contacts list associated with the user account logged onto the device. In some embodiments, unknown participant 1142 is a participant included in a non-trusted contacts list (e.g., a spam list) associated with the user account logged onto the device. In some embodiments, unknown participant 1142 is a participant included in a non-trusted user list (e.g., a spam list) maintained by an external device, such as a server. Note that FIG. 8 C and the corresponding description provide additional examples relating to unknown participants.

As shown in FIG. 11 H , electronic device 1100 displays in message conversation 1140 a payment message object 1144 (and an accompanying note message object 1146 ) corresponding to a payment request of $28 made by unknown participant 1142 to the user. In some embodiments, a payment message object (e.g., payment message object 1144 ) corresponding to a payment request includes in payment amount indication 1122 that also includes addition text (e.g., “$28 Request”) that indicates to the user that the payment message object relates to a payment request, and not a payment. As with a payment message object relating to a payment (e.g., payment message object 1118 ), a payment message object relating to a payment request (e.g., payment message object 1144 ) also includes an accept button 1124 for accepting the payment request (e.g., agreeing to pay the requested amount in the payment request).

In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 11 H , a payment message object corresponding to a payment request (e.g., payment message object 1144 ) (instead of a payment) includes a request indicator 1145 that indicates to the user that the payment message object corresponds to a payment request (e.g., a payment request made by the user of the device to a message participant or a payment request sent by a message participant to the user) and not to a payment. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11 H , request indicator 1145 is a currency symbol (e.g., the dollar symbol “$”) displayed at a center region of the message object. In some embodiments, request indicator 1145 is a graphical symbol. In some embodiments, the visual characteristics (e.g., font type, boldness/thickness, color, shading, dynamic feedback, such as a 3D effect) of request indicator 1145 correspond with the visual characteristics (e.g., font type, boldness/thickness, color, shading) of an amount indication of a payment message object that corresponds to a (pending or completed) payment (e.g., amount indication 1122 of payment message objects 1118 , 1132 ). In some embodiments, the visual characteristics (e.g., font type, boldness/thickness, color, shading, dynamic feedback, such as a 3D effect) of request indicator 1145 are different from (and thus does not correspond with) the visual characteristics (e.g., font type, boldness/thickness, color, shading, dynamic feedback, such as a 3D effect) of an amount indication of a payment message object that corresponds to a (pending or completed) payment request (e.g., amount indication 1122 of payment message object 1144 ).

In FIG. 11 H , as described above, the payment request corresponding to payment message object 1144 is from an unknown participant (e.g., unknown participant 1142 ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the payment request corresponding to the payment message object is form an unknown participant, electronic device 1100 displays a spam notification 1158 (e.g., a textual notification, a graphical notification, a prompt) that the message is from an unknown participant. For example, as shown in FIG. 11 H , the device displays within message conversation 1140 spam notification 1158 (a notification message) stating “this sender is not in your contacts list.” In some embodiments, the device further displays (e.g., below spam notification 1158 ), a selectable reporting notification 1160 (e.g., a selectable text, a button) for reporting (e.g., transmitting information about) the unknown participant to an external device (e.g., a server). For example, as shown in FIG. 11 H , the device displays, below spam notification 1158 , selectable reporting notification 1160 (e.g., selectable text) stating “Report Spam.”

In FIG. 11 I , while displaying spam notification 1158 , electronic device 1100 detects (despite the displayed spam notification 1158 ) a user input on accept button 1124 of payment message object 1144 from unknown participant 1142 . For example, as shown in FIG. 11 I , the detected user input is a tap gesture 1105 on accept button 1124 .

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11 J , in response to detecting (despite the displayed spam notification 1158 ) tap gesture 1105 , electronic device 1100 displays, on display 1102 , a pop-up warning 1162 further informing the user that the payment request corresponding to payment message object 1144 is from an unknown sender (e.g., unknown participant 1142 ). In some embodiments, pop-up warning 1162 includes a cancel button 1162 A and a proceed button 1162 B.

In FIG. 11 K , while displaying pop-up warning 1162 , electronic device 1100 detects (despite the pop-up warning again informing the user that the payment request is from an unknown sender) a user input on proceed button 1162 B of pop-up warning 1162 . For example, as shown in FIG. 11 K , the detected user input is a tap gesture 1107 on proceed button 1162 B of pop-up warning 1162 .

In FIG. 11 L , in response to detecting tap gesture 1107 on proceed button 1162 B of pop-up warning 1162 , electronic device 1100 ceases displaying pop-up warning 1162 . Further, in some embodiments, in response to detecting tap gesture 1107 on proceed button 1162 B of pop-up warning 1162 , the device displays (e.g., replaces display of virtual keyboard 1112 with) a payment transfer user interface 1164 corresponding to payment transfer user interface 840 described above with reference to FIGS. 8 A- 8 AH . In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11 L , based on the payment request corresponding to payment message object 1144 for the amount of $28, payment transfer user interface 1162 is displayed with the requested payment amount (of $28) pre-populated in value change region 1166 .

In FIG. 11 M , while displaying payment transfer user interface 1164 , electronic device 1100 detects user activation of send button 1168 (e.g., to send the requested payment). For example, as shown in FIG. 11 M , the user activation is a tap gesture 1109 on send button 1168 .

In FIG. 11 N , in response to detecting tap gesture 1109 on send button 1168 , electronic device 1100 displays (e.g., replaces display of payment transfer user interface 1164 with) payment confirmation user interface 1178 corresponding to payment confirmation user interface 878 described above with reference to FIGS. 8 T- 8 W .

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11 N , payment confirmation user interface 1178 includes an authentication request 1180 (e.g., a graphical request, a textual request) requesting that the user provide authentication information to proceed with making the payment to requested by the payment request. In some embodiments, the requested authentication is biometric authentication, such as facial recognition authentication, fingerprint authentication, voice recognition authentication, iris scan authentication, or retina scan authentication. For example, in FIG. 11 N , the requested authentication information (e.g., as shown in authentication request 1180 ), is fingerprint information (e.g., “Pay with Fingerprint”). In some embodiments, payment confirmation user interface 1178 also includes an indication 1176 that the current payment is intended for an unknown recipient (e.g., unknown participant 1142 ).

In FIG. 11 O , while displaying payment confirmation user interface 1178 , electronic device 1100 receives, from the user, the requested fingerprint information 1111 (e.g., via mechanical button 1104 ). While (or subsequent to) receiving, from the user, fingerprint information 1111 , a determination is made (e.g., by the device or by an external device, such as a server) whether fingerprint information 1111 is consistent with an enrolled authentication information (e.g., an enrolled fingerprint information) of the user. As shown in FIG. 11 P , in accordance with a determination that fingerprint information 1111 is consistent with enrolled fingerprint information of the user, the device updates authentication request 1180 (previously showing a request for a certain type of authentication information) to indicate that the authentication was successful (e.g., by displaying a checkmark, by displaying “Authorization Successful” or “Payment Complete”).

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that fingerprint information 1111 is not consistent with enrolled fingerprint information of the user (e.g., authentication was not successful), the device displays an indication that the authentication was unsuccessful and a request to re-provide the requested authentication information. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that fingerprint information 1111 is (e.g., for a second time) not consistent with enrolled fingerprint information of the user, the device displays a verification user interface (e.g., as described below with reference to FIGS. 31 A- 31 M ) for providing a different type of authentication information or for verifying that the user is the user that is associated with the user account logged onto the device.

As shown in FIG. 11 Q , in response to a successful user authentication, electronic device 1100 removes display of payment confirmation user interface 1178 (and again displays virtual keyboard 1112 in place of the removed payment confirmation user interface 1178 ). In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 11 Q , the device displays a new payment message object 1170 corresponding to the payment made by the user to unknown participant 1142 in response to the payment request from the unknown participant. As also shown in FIG. 11 Q , payment message object 1170 includes a first status indicator 1194 informing the user of a status of the payment corresponding to the sent payment message object (e.g., “pending,” “paid,” “accepted,” “expired”). For example, in FIG. 11 Q , first status indicator 1194 shows “pending,” thus indicating to the user that the payment associated with sent payment message object 1170 has not yet been accepted by unknown participant 1142 . In some embodiments, the device displays (in addition to or instead of first status indicator 1194 ), a second status indicator 1196 informing the user of a status of the payment corresponding to the sent payment message object (e.g., “pending,” “paid,” “accepted,” “expired”). For example, in FIG. 11 X , second status indicator 1196 (e.g., “pending”) shows the same status as shown by first status indicator 1194 (e.g., “pending”).

In some embodiments, payment message object 1144 corresponding to the payment request sent by unknown participant 1142 to the user is maintained (within message conversation 1108 (e.g., above payment message object 1170 ), and not removed from the message conversation) when payment message object 1170 corresponding to the payment made by the user to unknown participant 1142 in response to the payment request from the unknown participant is created. In some embodiments, if payment message object 1144 is maintained (within message conversation 1108 (e.g., above payment message object 1170 )), payment message object 1144 is (e.g., in response to a successful authentication from FIG. 11 P ) updated to indicate that the payment request has been accepted by the user (e.g., that the user has agreed to make the payment requested via payment message object 1144 ). For example, in some embodiments, accept button 1124 is removed from the message object and a status indicator (e.g., stating “PENDING”) is updated (e.g., to state “ACCEPTED”). In some embodiments, once the payment corresponding to payment message object 1170 (which also corresponds to the payment requested by the unknown participant via payment message object 1144 ) has been accepted by unknown participant 1142 (and thus the payment corresponding to payment message object 1170 has been completed), a dynamic three-dimensional visual effect (e.g., as described with reference to completed payment message object 1172 in FIG. 11 T ) is applied to a request indicator 1149 (e.g., displayed as a currency symbol (e.g., “$”) in the same font and/or style as an amount indicator (e.g., “$28”) of payment message objects 1170 and 1172 ) of payment message object 1144 or to the entire payment message object. In some embodiments, payment message object 1144 is removed (from message conversation 1108 ) when payment message object 1170 corresponding to the payment made by the user to unknown participant 1142 in response to the payment request from the unknown participant is created.

FIG. 11 R shows (as also described with reference to payment message object 1118 in FIG. 11 B ) electronic device 1100 , while displaying the display (including payment message object 1170 within message conversation 1140 ) shown in FIG. 11 Q , being viewed at two different angles (angle 1100 A and angle 1100 B) relative to a reference point 1128 that is a face of a viewer (e.g., the user) of the device in a field of view of a sensor (e.g., a camera) of the device. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the reference point is a static point external to the device, such as a location on the ground or floor. As shown in FIG. 11 R , from the perspective of reference point 1128 of a viewer (e.g., the user) viewing display 1102 of the device at either angle 1100 A or at angle 1100 B, payment message object 1170 (because it has not yet been accepted by the intended recipient (e.g., unknown participant 1142 )) appears the same at either angle. In other words, whether a viewer (e.g., the user) views display 1102 of the device at angle 1100 A, or whether a viewer (e.g., the user) views display 1102 of the device at angle 1100 B, or whether a viewer (e.g., the user) views display 1102 of the device from straight on (e.g., such that the display is not tilted at an angle relative to the face of the viewer, as shown in FIG. 11 Q ), there is no change in how the payment message object is perceived by the user, for there is no change in how the payment message object is displayed on display 1102 by the device. Thus, in FIG. 11 R , the device does not provide any feedback associated with payment message object 1170 to a viewer (e.g., the user) of the device.

FIG. 11 S shows the payment (or, alternatively, the payment request) corresponding to payment message object 1170 having been accepted by unknown participant 1142 . Thus, the device updates display of payment message object 1170 to a completed message object 1172 . Further, in response to the determination that the payment (or, alternatively, the payment request) corresponding to payment message object 1170 has been accepted by unknown participant 1142 , electronic device 1100 updates first status indicator 1194 (e.g., from “pending” to “paid”) to inform the user that the payment has been accepted by unknown participant 1142 (or, alternatively, to inform the user that the payment request has been accepted, and thus a payment by unknown participant 1142 in the requested payment amount has been made by the unknown participant to the user). In some embodiments, the device updates second status indicator 1196 (e.g., from “pending” to “paid”) to inform the user that the payment has been accepted by unknown participant 1142 (or, alternatively, to inform the user that the payment request has been accepted, and thus a payment by unknown participant 1142 in the requested payment amount has been made by the unknown participant to the user).

FIG. 11 T shows (as also described with reference to completed payment message object 1132 in FIG. 11 B ), in place of (non-completed) payment message object 1170 , a completed payment message object 1172 . Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11 T , electronic device 1100 generates a feedback (e.g., a visual effect, a haptic feedback, an audio feedback) indicating to the user that the payment corresponding to completed payment message object 1170 has been accepted and that payment message object 1170 , now completed payment message object 1172 , corresponds to a payment that has already been accepted.

For example, as shown in FIG. 11 T , amount indication 1174 (e.g., “$28”) of completed payment message object 1172 is visually changed. In some embodiments, the visual change to amount indication 1174 is a bolding (or thickening) of the font of the displayed amount (e.g., “$28”). In some embodiments, the visual change to amount indication 1174 includes a black outline (e.g., a shadow) applied to the font of the displayed amount (e.g., “$28”). In some embodiments, the visual change to amount indication 1174 is as change in color (e.g., from black to white) of the displayed amount (e.g., “$28”).

In some embodiments, electronic device 1100 generates feedback (e.g., a visual feedback, a haptic feedback, an audio feedback) associated with completed payment message object 1172 . In some embodiments, the feedback is a dynamic visual feedback causing display of the payment message object (e.g., completed payment message object 1172 ) to change as changes in the orientation of the device relative to reference point 1128 are detected. For example, in FIG. 11 T , the dynamic visual feedback is a 3D effect (e.g., the simulated depth effect 3325 described below with reference to FIGS. 33 D- 33 J ) that provides the user with the visual effect that amount indication 1174 of the payment message object is three-dimensional. Thus, in FIG. 11 T , based on reference point 1128 of the user, amount indication 1174 of completed payment message object 1172 looks visually different (e.g., shadows behind the displayed numbers of amount indication 1174 appear different) from angle 1100 A of the device and from angle 1100 B of the device and, optionally, both the view of completed payment message object 1172 from angle 1100 A and angle 1100 B look different from the appearance of the object from straight on (e.g., such that the display is not tilted at an angle relative to the face of the viewer, as shown in FIG. 11 S ). In some embodiments, the dynamic visual feedback is a changing color applied to the amount indication (or to the entire payment message object). In some embodiments, the dynamic visual feedback is a changing background applied to the payment message object. In some embodiments, the dynamic visual feedback is a moving of one or more elements, such as amount indication 1174 , of the payment message object.

In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 11 T , in addition to or instead of a dynamic visual feedback, the device generates a dynamic haptic feedback 1176 . In some embodiments, the dynamic haptic feedback is a dynamically strengthening and weakening tactile output caused by the device. In some embodiments, the dynamic haptic feedback is a tactile output with changing tactile output patterns caused by the device. In some embodiments, the strength or frequency of the tactile output changes as the device detects changes in the orientation of the device relative to the reference point (e.g., reference point 1128 ).

In some embodiments, the generated feedback (e.g., visual feedback, sensory feedback, audio feedback) is caused (e.g., only) by an operating system program of the device and non-operating system programs of the device are not enabled to cause the feedback.

In FIG. 11 U , while displaying completed payment message object 1172 within message conversation 1140 , electronic device 1100 detects a user input on the completed payment message object. For example, as shown in FIG. 11 U , the user input is a tap gesture 1113 on completed payment message object 1172 .

In FIG. 11 V , in response to detecting tap gesture 1113 , electronic device 1100 displays (e.g., replaces display of messaging application 1106 and virtual keyboard 1112 with) transaction detail user interface 1134 (as first described above with reference to FIG. 11 G ) that includes a graphical representation 1135 (e.g., a copy) of the completed payment message object (e.g., completed payment message object 1172 ), a textual indication 1137 of a note accompanying the payment (e.g., accompanying message object 1146 stating “For dinner”), plurality of details relating to the selected (e.g., the payment corresponding to completed payment message object 1172 ) transaction. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 A of the payment sender/recipient (e.g., the user (Kate Appleseed, “From Kate's Payment account”). In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 B of the payment account or the payment recipient account. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 C of the intended recipient of the payment (or, alternatively, a payment request) (e.g., unknown participant 1142 , message participant 1110 ). In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 D of the date and time of competed transaction. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 E of the date and time of competed transaction. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes an indication 1134 F of a transaction number.

In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes a wallet button 1136 (e.g., a “View in Wallet” selectable indication) for viewing the transaction details in an electronic wallet application of electronic device 1100 . In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes a send again button 1131 (e.g., if the payment associated payment message object 1135 was a payment made by the user to a message participant) for creating a new payment message object corresponding to a payment in the same amount as the currently-viewed transaction intended for the same recipient as the currently-viewed transaction. Thus, send again button 1131 provides the user with a quick and easy option to perform another payment in the same amount (e.g., “$28”) to the same recipient (e.g., message participant 1110 ) via the transaction detail user interface of the last transaction with that recipient. In some embodiments, transaction detail user interface 1134 includes a refund button 1133 (e.g., if the payment associated payment message object 1135 was a payment made by the user to a message participant) for requesting a refund of a sent payment. In some embodiments, refund button 1133 is only available (e.g., is only visible, is only selectable) if the payment associated with the payment message object has been accepted (e.g., is no longer pending because the intended recipient (e.g., message participant 1110 ) has accepted the payment).

FIGS. 12 A- 12 C are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing peer-to-peer transfers using an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1200 is performed at a device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 , 1000 , 1100 ) with a display and one or more sensor devices (e.g., an accelerometer, a camera). Some operations in method 1200 are, optionally, combined, the order of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 1200 provides an intuitive way for managing peer-to-peer transfers. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing peer-to-peer transfers, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage peer-to-peer transfers faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.

In some examples, prior to displaying ( 1204 ), on the display (e.g., 1002 , 1102 ), a graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1020 , 1118 ), the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) receives ( 1202 ) a communication with a predetermined type of message from an external device. In some examples, the message corresponds to a resource transfer (e.g., computing resources, points, credits, funds, virtual resources) from a first account associated with the electronic device to a second account associated with an external device (e.g., a transfer of resources from an account of the electronic device's user to an account of the user of a different electronic device, such as a smartphone, a smartwatch, a laptop computer, a desktop computer)).

In some examples, the communication is associated with a completed transfer of a first type of item between a user of the device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) and a participant (e.g., 1010 , 1110 ) in a message conversation (e.g., 1008 , 1108 ). In some examples, the transfer of the first type of item is a transfer of a sticker using a sticker sharing interface, a transfer of a photo using a photo sharing interface, a transfer of a payment using a payment interface, or a transfer of a resource using a resource-numerical value selection user interface for receiving user adjustment of the amount of resources, such as points, credits, or funds, to be sent or requested. In some examples, the communication corresponds to a request for transfer of the first type of item (e.g., funds) between the user of the device and a participant in the message conversation.

The electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) displays ( 1204 ), on the display (e.g., 1002 , 1102 ), the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1020 , 1118 ). In some examples, a state ( 1206 ) of the communication (e.g., the communication being in the first state or the second state) is indicative of an action taken by a participant (e.g., 1010 , 1110 ), other than a user of the device, in a message conversation (e.g., a confirmation of payment by the participant on an external device). In some examples, the state of a communication indicates whether the receiver of the communication has read the message corresponding to the communication or accepted a payment corresponding to the communication.

In some examples, a state ( 1208 ) of the communication is indicative of an action taken by a user of the device (e.g., user has read a message corresponding to a communication, user has confirmed payment on the device). For example, the action taken by the user is accepting a payment associated with the communication or initiating accepting of a payment (e.g., by setting up a required payment account to accept the payment) associated with the communication (e.g., as described below in method 1800 with reference to FIGS. 18 A- 18 F ). In some examples, the state of a communication indicates whether a message corresponding to the communication has been sent or whether a payment has been made (e.g., accepted) for a payment request corresponding to the communication.

In some examples, the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1118 ) includes ( 1210 ) an indication (e.g., 1122 ) of a quantity of an item associated with the communication. In some examples, the quantity is the number of times a message has been viewed by a remote recipient. In some examples, the quantity is the amount of concurrency transferred, the amount of currency to be transferred, or the amount of currency requested to be transferred. In some examples, the quantity of the item associated with the communication is displayed with a special visual characteristic (e.g., a special font) that distinguishes the quantity from other item and/or elements on the display (e.g., as described below with reference to FIGS. 15 A- 15 K ).

While displaying the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1020 , 1118 ) on the display (e.g., 1002 , 1102 ), the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) detects ( 1212 ), via the one or more sensor devices, a change in orientation of the electronic device relative to a reference point (e.g., 1026 , 1128 , a point in space, a point on the floor/ground, a point a point in a field of view of a camera). In some examples, the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point (e.g., 1026 , 1128 ) changes when a user holding the electronic device is moving the electronic device relative to a point in space, on the floor, or on the ground while the user remains stationary. In some examples, the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point changes when the user (e.g., the user's head or eyes) is moving relative to the electronic device, which remains stationary relative to a point in space, on the floor, or on the ground.

In some examples, the reference point (e.g., 1026 , 1128 ) is ( 1214 ) a face (e.g., face of the user of the device, a point on a face, such as an eye or nose) in a field of view of a sensor (e.g., a camera) of the one or more sensor.

In some examples, the reference point (e.g., 1026 , 1128 ) is ( 1216 ) a static location (e.g., a fixed point on the ground/floor, a fixed point that is external to the device) external to the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ). In some examples, the device uses one or more sensors, such as accelerometers and/or a compass, to determine a change in orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point, such as the earth.

In response ( 1218 ) to detecting the change in the orientation of the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) relative to the reference point (e.g., 1026 , 1128 ) while displaying the graphical representation of the communication on the display, blocks 1220 - 1226 are optionally performed.

In accordance with a determination that the communication has a first state (e.g., message read for an incoming message, payment accepted for an incoming payment, message sent for an outgoing message, payment approved for an outgoing payment, payment accepted for an outgoing payment), the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) displays ( 1220 ) the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1020 , 1118 ) and outputs a respective type of feedback (e.g., feedback on amount indication 1174 described in FIG. 11 T, 1130 , visual feedback, sensory feedback, audio feedback) corresponding to the graphical representation of the communication. The feedback indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point. In some examples, if the communication is a payment, the respective type of feedback is output as the device detects the change in the orientation if the payment has been accepted for an incoming payment or the payment has been approved for an outgoing payment. Outputting a particular feedback corresponding to the graphical representation of the communication as the device detects a change in orientation relative to a reference point provides the user with feedback about the state of the communication. Thus, for example, a user can determine the state of the communication by changing the device's orientation and checking whether the feedback is provided. Providing improved feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and indicates the state of an element of the device, thus making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the respective type of feedback is a dynamic visual feedback (e.g., feedback on amount indication 1174 described in FIG. 11 T ) (e.g., a changing visual effect, such as a changing color, a changing pattern, a changing background, a moving of one or more elements of the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1028 , 1172 )). In some examples, the visual feedback changes as the change in orientation of the electronic device relative to a reference point is detected. In some examples, the visual feedback is a 3D effect (e.g., the simulated depth effect 3325 described below with reference to FIGS. 33 D- 33 J ) that provides the user with the effect that an element of the graphical representation (such as the quantity) of the communication is three-dimensional. Outputting a dynamic visual feedback (such as a three-dimensional effect) that corresponds to the change in orientation allows the user to know that the feedback is legitimate (e.g., is tied to the change in orientation) and is not illegitimate (e.g., pre-made video that is not tied to the change in orientation) and enables the user to identify whether a visual feedback being provided is legitimate and therefore the associated communication is authentic. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the respective type of feedback is a dynamic haptic feedback (e.g., 1030 , 1130 ) (e.g., dynamically strengthening and weakening tactile outputs, a tactile output with changing tactile output patterns). For example, the strength or frequency of the tactile output changes as the device detects changes in orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point is detected. Outputting a dynamic haptic feedback (e.g., 1030 , 1130 ) (such as a haptic feedback that changes in strength or frequency) that corresponds to the change in orientation allows the user to know that the feedback is legitimate (e.g., is tied to the change in orientation) and is not illegitimate (e.g., pre-made haptic that is not tied to the change in orientation) and enables the user to identify whether a haptic feedback being provided is legitimate and therefore the associated communication is authentic. Providing improved haptic feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the respective type of feedback (e.g., visual feedback, sensory feedback, audio feedback) is caused (e.g., only) by an operating system program of the electronic device and non-operating system programs of the electronic device are not enabled to cause the respective type of feedback. In some examples, only the operating system is enabled to initiate/cause the respective type of feedback. In some examples, the operating system only enables certain applications to initiate/cause the respective type of feedback (e.g., a particular frequency of tactile output or accelerometer controlled visual animation).

In some examples, the respective type of feedback is a graphical animation (e.g., a lighting effect) displayed over the graphical representation of the communication (e.g. 1028 , 1172 ). In some examples, the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1170 , 1172 ) includes a currency indicator (e.g., a “$” symbol, a “€” symbol).

In some examples, the respective type of feedback is a graphical animation (e.g., a shadow) displayed under the graphical representation (e.g., 1028 , 1172 ). In some examples, the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1170 , 1172 ) includes a currency indicator (e.g., a “$” symbol, a “€” symbol).

In some examples, the respective type of feedback is a graphical animation (e.g., shifting colors, shifting shapes) that creates an illusion that the graphical representation (e.g., 1028 , 1172 ) (or portion thereof) is a three dimensional object that is being viewed from different angles as the angle (or orientation) of the device changes. In some examples, the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1170 , 1172 ) includes a currency indicator (e.g., a “$” symbol, a “€” symbol).

In some examples, outputting the respective type of feedback comprises outputting a non-visual feedback (e.g., a haptic feedback that includes one or more tactile outputs and/or an audio feedback). In some examples, the haptic feedback uses frequencies of tactile outputs that are only available to first party apps (and thus cannot be simulated by any other app developer).

In accordance with a determination that the communication has a second state (e.g., message unread for an incoming message, payment unaccepted for an incoming payment, message unsent for an outgoing message, payment unapproved for an outgoing payment) that is different from the first state, the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) displays ( 1226 ) the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1028 , 1172 ) without outputting feedback (e.g., feedback on mini-file object 1022 or on amount indication 1174 described in FIG. 11 T, 1130 ) that indicates a magnitude of the change in the orientation of the electronic device relative to the reference point. In some examples, at an external device of the sender of the communication, a corresponding feedback is outputted as the external device detects changes in orientation even when the communication has the second state. In some examples, the second state and the first state are mutually exclusive (e.g., if the communication has the first state it cannot have the second state, and if the communication has the second state it cannot have the first state). Forgoing outputting a particular feedback corresponding to the graphical representation as the device detects a change in orientation relative to a reference point provides the user with feedback about the state of the communication. Thus, for example, a user can determine the state of the communication by changing the devices orientation and checking whether the feedback is provided. When the feedback is not provided, the user knows that the communication is not in the first state. Providing improved feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and indicates the state of an element of the device, thus making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to achieve an intended result by providing feedback indicative of an input that will cause the device to generate the intended result and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some examples, the communication is a message in a message conversation (e.g., 1108 ) between a plurality of conversation participants (e.g., 1010 , 1110 ) and the communication is associated with a confirmation. Prior to displaying, on the display (e.g., 1002 , 1102 ), the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1170 , 1172 ), the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) detects user activation of a confirmation affordance (e.g., to confirm a payment). In response to detecting user activation of the confirmation affordance, the electronic device displays, on the display, the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1170 ) in the message conversation, and outputs a second type of feedback (e.g., visual feedback, haptic feedback that includes one or more tactile outputs, audio feedback) corresponding to the graphical representation of the communication, wherein the feedback indicates that the communication has been confirmed. In some examples, the haptic feedback uses frequencies of tactile outputs that are only available to first party apps (and thus cannot be simulated by any other app developer). In some examples, the second type of feedback is a portion of the first type of feedback. In some examples, the second type of feedback is different from the first type of feedback. In some examples, the second type of feedback does not vary based on an angle of the device.

In some examples, the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) receives ( 1228 ) user selection (e.g., a tap) of the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1028 , 1172 ). In response to receiving the user selection of the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1028 , 1172 ), the electronic device displays ( 1230 ), on the display (e.g., 1002 , 1102 ), a detail user interface (e.g., 1134 ) including information (e.g., 1134 A-E, an amount of a payment transaction, a quantity of a resource transfer, a date and time of a transaction/transfer, a note/comment relating to a transaction/transfer) associated with the communication.

In some examples, in response to receiving the communication (e.g., 1144 with the predetermined type of message: in accordance with a determination, based on an analysis (of the contents) of the communication, that the communication meets a first predefined condition (e.g., raises a predetermined flag (e.g., because the communication is suspected to be from an untrusted sender, because the communication is suspected to be spam/junk)), the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) displays, on the display (e.g., 1002 , 1102 ), a first indication (e.g., 1158 , 1160 , a notification, message, or prompt warning the user that the communication (e.g., 1144 ) is from an untrusted sender, a notification, message, or prompt indicating that the communication is suspected to be spam/junk, a notification, message, or prompt warning the user that the communication may not be safe to view/select/open) that the communication meets the first predefined condition (e.g., raised/set the predetermined flag) and, optionally, the electronic device optionally forgoes outputting the respective type of feedback corresponding to the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1144 ). Automatically displaying an indication (e.g., 1158 , 1160 , an indication that the message is spam) when the predefined condition is met reduces the likelihood that the user will participant in a transfer corresponding to the message without further investigating the transfer, thereby enhancing the security of the technique and reducing the number of fraudulent transfers. Reducing the number of fraudulent transfers enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more secure (e.g., by reducing fraud when operating/interacting with the device). In accordance with a determination, based on the analysis (of the contents) of the communication (e.g., 1118 ), that the communication does not meet the first predefined condition (e.g., the communication does not raise/set the predetermined flag) (e.g., because the communication is from a trusted sender, because the communication is not suspected to be spam/junk), the electronic device forgoes displaying, on the display, the first indication (e.g., 1158 , 1160 , the indication that the message may be spam). In some examples, the first indication is that the message is potentially a spam message.

In some examples, the communication (e.g., 1144 ) meets the first predefined condition (e.g., raises the predetermined flag) when the external device does not correspond to one of a plurality of contacts (e.g., a contacts list, a trusted contacts list, a user-configured contacts list) associated with the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) (e.g., the communication is from an unknown number).

In some examples, the communication (e.g., 1144 ) meets the first predefined condition (e.g., raises/sets the predetermined flag) when the external device corresponds to one of a plurality of contacts (e.g., a spam numbers list, a suspected fraudulent accounts list). In some examples, the plurality of contacts is a list of contacts identified as being untrustworthy.

In some examples, in accordance with the determination, based on the analysis (of the contents) of the communication (e.g., 1144 ), that the communication meets the first predetermined condition (e.g., raises/sets the predetermined flag) (e.g., because the communication is suspected to be from an untrusted sender, because the communication is suspected to be spam/junk), the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) displays, on the display (e.g., 1002 , 1102 ), a reporting affordance (e.g., 1160 ) (e.g., for reporting the spam/junk communication to a remote server). While displaying, on the display, the reporting affordance (e.g., 1160 ), the electronic device detects user activation of the reporting affordance (e.g., 1160 ). In response to detecting the user activation of the reporting affordance, the electronic device transmits, to an external device (e.g., an external server), information associated with the communication that raised (or set) the predetermined flag.

In some examples, subsequent to displaying, on the display, the first indication (e.g., 1158 , 1160 , a notification, message, or prompt warning the user that the communication is from an untrusted sender, a notification, message, or prompt indicating that the communication is suspected to be spam/junk, a notification, message, or prompt warning the user that the communication may not be safe to view/select/open) that the communication raised (or set) the predetermined flag, the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) receives user activation of a send affordance (e.g., 1124 ) displayed on the graphical representation of the communication. In response to receiving the user activation of the send affordance (e.g., 1124 ) (and in accordance with the determination, based on an analysis (of the contents) of the communication, that the communication meets a first predefined condition): the electronic device displays a second indication (e.g., 1162 , “Sender Unknown, Do You Still Wish To Proceed?”) that the communication met the first predetermined condition (e.g., raised/set the predetermined flag), wherein the second indication is visually distinguishable from the first indication, (e.g., the second indication is more visibly prominent than the first indication), and displays, on the display, a cancel affordance (e.g., 1162 A) for forgoing proceeding with (e.g., canceling completion of, forgoing display of a transfer user interface for initiating transfer of the first type of item) a transfer of the first type of item between a user of the device and a participant in a message conversation. In some examples, the transfer corresponds to the received communication. In some examples, a second send affordance (e.g., 1162 B) is displayed concurrently with the cancel affordance. In response to detecting activation of the second send affordance (e.g., 1162 B), the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) displays a transfer user interface (e.g., 1164 ) for proceeding with the transfer of the first type of item between the user of the device and the participant in the message conversation. Displaying a second indication (e.g., 1162 , an indication that the message is spam) when the user provides input to continue with the transfer reduces the likelihood that the user will participant in a transfer corresponding to the message without further investigating the transfer and/or message, thereby enhancing the security of the technique and reducing the number of fraudulent transfers. Reducing the number of fraudulent transfers enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more secure (e.g., by reducing fraud when operating/interacting with the device).

In some examples, the detail user interface (e.g., 1134 ) includes a cancellation affordance (e.g., 1141 , an affordance for requesting a refund if the communication is related to a payment, an affordance for requesting return of a sent item/resource if the communication is related to an item/resource). The cancellation affordance is user-selectable when the communication is in the first state (e.g., 170 ). The electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) detects user activation of the cancellation affordance (e.g., 1141 ). In response to detecting the user activation of the cancellation affordance (e.g., 1141 ): in accordance with the determination that the communication has the first state, the electronic device transmits a second communication with the predetermined type of message to an external device associated with the communication requesting a return transfer of a first type of item that was transferred via the communication. In some examples, the cancellation affordance (e.g., 1141 ) is not user-selectable when the communication is in the second state. In some examples, the cancellation affordance (e.g., 1141 ) is not displayed when the communication is in the second state. In some examples, in accordance with the determination that the communication is in the second state (e.g., transitions to the second state from the first state) the electronic device causes the graphical representation of the communication to no longer be selectable, and provides (e.g., displays, on the display) an indication that the graphical representation of the communication is no longer selectable. In some examples, the cancellation affordance (e.g., 1141 ) is conditionally displayed depending on the state of the communication (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the communication has the first state, displaying the cancellation affordance in the detail user interface, and in accordance with a determination that the communication has the second state, forgoing display of the cancellation affordance in the detail user interface).

In some examples, the graphical representation of the communication (e.g., 1028 , 1172 ) having the first state (e.g., message read for an incoming message, payment accepted for an incoming payment, message sent for an outgoing message, payment approved for an outgoing payment) includes a graphical indication (e.g., 1174 ) of a completed transfer of a first type of item (e.g., a sticker, a photo, or a payment object) between the electronic device (e.g., 1000 , 1100 ) and an external device.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 1200 (e.g., FIGS. 12 A- 12 C ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described herein. For example, method 1200 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described herein with reference to methods 900 , 1500 , 1800 , 2100 , 2400 , 2700 , 3000 , and 3400 . For example, concurrently displaying the representation of a message and a selectable indication that corresponds to a type of item (being transferred, such as a photo, sticker, resources, or a payment) as described in method 900 can be applied with respect to the graphical representation of a communication (e.g., 1118 ). For another example, the different visual appearances of a message object based on whether the message object corresponds to a transmission message or a request message, as described in method 1500 , can be applied with respect to the graphical representation of a communication (e.g., 1118 ). For another example, a request for activating an account that is authorized to obtain one or items (e.g., a sticker, a photo, resources, a payment), as described in method 1800 , can be applied with respect to the graphical representation of a communication (e.g., 1118 ) when retrieving one or more items (e.g., a sticker, a photo, resources, a payment) associated with the message. For another example, displaying representations of a first account and a second account, as described in method 2100 , can also be displayed when authenticating/confirming an incoming transfer corresponding to the graphical representation of a communication (e.g., 1118 ). For another example, automatically proceeding with a transfer, as described in method 2400 , instead of requiring user input, can also be used to accept the contents of a communication having the second state. For another example, the plurality of items including information from messages in a message conversation, as described in method 2700 , can be displayed in response to user selection of the graphical representation of a communication (e.g., 1172 ). For another example, an utterance can be used, as described in method 3000 , to create the graphical representation of a communication (e.g., 1118 ). For another example, a visual effect (e.g., a coloring effect, a geometric alteration effect) can be applied, as described in method 3400 , to an element (e.g., 1122 ) of a graphical representation of a communication (e.g., 1118 ) when a transfer (e.g., of a resource, of a file, of a payment) associated with the communication is completed. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.

The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described with respect to FIGS. 1 A, 3 , and 5 A ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to FIGS. 12 A- 12 C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1 A- 1 B . For example, displaying operation 1204 , detecting operation 1212 , displaying operation 1220 , and displaying operation 1226 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170 , event recognizer 180 , and event handler 190 . Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive surface 604 , and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136 - 1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192 . In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1 A- 1 B .

FIGS. 13 A- 13 D illustrate example user interfaces for managing peer-to-peer transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. As described in greater detail below, the non-limiting example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 13 A- 13 D relate to the non-limited example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 14 A- 14 M , which are in turn used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 15 A- 15 K .

FIG. 13 A illustrates an electronic device 1300 (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 , device 300 , or device 500 ). In the non-limiting example embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 13 A- 13 D , electronic device 1300 is a smartphone. In other embodiments, electronic device 1300 can be a different type of electronic device, such as a wearable device (e.g., a smartwatch). Electronic device 1300 has a display 1302 and one or more input devices (e.g., touchscreen of display 1302 , a mechanical button 1304 , a mic).

In FIG. 13 A , electronic device 1300 displays, on display 1302 , a message conversation 1308 of a messaging application 1306 between a user of the device (e.g., “Kate Appleseed”) and a message participant 1310 (e.g., “John Appleseed”). As shown in FIG. 13 A , message conversation 1308 includes a message object 1318 corresponding to a message sent by message participant 1310 to the user. In message object 1318 , message participant 1310 states: “Last night was fun.”

FIG. 13 A also shows electronic device 1300 displaying, on display 1302 , a transfer user interface 1320 (e.g., for transferring a file, such as a photo, video file, audio file, or document, via messaging application 1306 ). In some embodiments, transfer user interface 1320 includes an indication 1322 (e.g., stating “TRANSFER”) informing the user that the user interface corresponds to a (first-party, an operating-system controlled) application for transferring a file using messaging application 1306 . In some embodiments, transfer user interface 1320 includes an interface switching menu bar 1324 that includes a plurality of shortcut icons for switching between different user interfaces (e.g., switching between transfer user interface 1320 and a user interface for playing music) associated with different application features (e.g., manage peer-to-peer transfers, play music, set alarm clock) accessible from within messaging application 1306 while maintain display of message conversation 1308 . In some embodiments, the plurality of shortcut icons of interface switching menu bar 1324 correspond to different applications, thus enabling the user to quickly switch between user interfaces of different applications. In some embodiments, interface switching menu bar 1324 includes a transfer shortcut icon 1326 corresponding to transfer user interface 1320 . Thus, because transfer user interface 1320 is the currently-displayed user interface, the device shows transfer shortcut icon 1326 currently being selected within interface switching menu bar 1324 .

As also shown in FIG. 13 A , transfer user interface 1320 includes a request button 1338 for initiating a request for a transfer of a file from a different user (e.g., message participant 1310 ) via messaging application 1306 and send button 1340 for initiating a transfer of a file to a different user (e.g., message participant 1310 ) via messaging application 1306 .

As also shown in FIG. 13 A , transfer user interface 1320 includes a value change region 1330 that includes an indication 1332 (e.g., stating “#5”) of a number of files (e.g., a number of photos, a number of video files, a number of audio files, a number of documents) to be transferred or a specific file (e.g., a fifth photo, a fifth video file, a fifth audio file, a fifth document) to be transferred. In some embodiments, transfer user interface 1320 is pre-populated with a number of files (or a specific file) to be transferred based on an analysis of the content of the message corresponding to message object 1318 (e.g., similar to the pre-selection process described above with respect to FIGS. 7 A- 7 E ). In some embodiments, the pre-populated number in indication 1332 includes a symbol (e.g., “#”) indicating that the numerical value in indication 1332 relates to a number of files. In some embodiments, transfer user interface 1320 includes an indication 1328 (e.g., stating “Photos from last night”) informing the user of the type of files (e.g., photos) and the specific files from the type of files (e.g., photos from last night) that are selected to be transferred. In some embodiments, value change region 1330 also includes a value increase button 1336 (e.g., indicated as a “+”) for increasing the displayed numerical value amount (e.g., “#5”) within indication 1332 and a value decrease button 1334 (e.g., indicated as a “−”) for decreasing the displayed numerical value (e.g., “#5”) within indication 1332 .

FIG. 13 B shows electronic device 1300 displaying, on display 1302 , in response to detecting user activation of request button 1338 , a request message object 1344 corresponding to a request (e.g., made by the user to message participant 1310 ) for transfer of 5 photos (selected via transfer user interface 1320 in FIG. 13 A ) from last night. In some embodiments, in response to the user activation of request button 1338 , the device displays (e.g., replaces display of transfer user interface 1320 with), on display 1302 , a virtual keyboard 1312 .

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 13 B , request message object 1344 is displayed within an expanded compose region 1342 , which is an extension of a compose region 1314 , to indicate to the user that the message object has not yet been transmitted to the intended recipient (e.g., message participant 1310 ). In some embodiments, compose region 1314 includes a send button 1316 for transmitting the message object.

In some embodiments, request message object 1344 includes a request indicator 1346 (e.g., showing “#”) that indicates to the user that the transfer associated with the message object is a request for files (e.g., a request for the 5 photos from last night), as opposed to an outgoing transfer of files. In some embodiments, request message object 1344 also includes a textual indication 1348 (e.g., stating “5 photos from last night request”) of the specific files (e.g., type of files, number of files) that are being requested. In some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 13 B , request indicator 1346 is displayed in a different font (e.g., a thicker font, a bolder font, a special type of reserved for transfer requests) than textual indication 1348 .

In FIG. 13 C , electronic device 1300 displays, on display 1302 , a message conversation 1350 , different from message conversation 1308 , of messaging application 1306 between a user of the device (e.g., “Kate Appleseed”) and a message participant 1352 (e.g., “Sarah James”). As shown in FIG. 13 C , message conversation 1350 includes a message object 1354 corresponding to a message sent by message participant 1352 to the user. In message object 1354 , message participant 1352 states: “Can you send me the 3 photos from last night?”

FIG. 13 C also shows electronic device 1300 displaying, on display 1302 , transfer user interface 1320 . In some embodiments, transfer user interface 1320 is displayed in response to detecting user selection of a marking 1356 of a phrase (e.g., stating “3 photos from last night”) of the message corresponding to message object 1354 . In some embodiments, marking 1356 is applied to message object 1354 based on an analysis (e.g., by the device, by a remote server communicating with the device) of the contents (e.g., the text) of the message corresponding to the message object and a determination that a phrase of the text relates to a request for transfer of one or more files (e.g., photos, video files, audio files, documents).

As shown in FIG. 13 C , value change region 1330 of transfer user interface 1320 includes indication 1332 (e.g., stating “#3”) showing a numerical value that corresponds to a number of files (e.g., a number of photos, a number of video files, a number of audio files, a number of documents) that are being requested to be transferred or a specific file (e.g., a third photo, a third video file, a third audio file, a third document) that are being requested to be transferred by message participant 1352 . In some embodiments, transfer user interface 1320 is pre-populated with the number of files (or the specific file) that is being requested to be transferred based on the analysis of the content of the message corresponding to message object 131354 (e.g., similar to the pre-selection process described above with respect to FIGS. 7 A- 7 E ).

FIG. 13 D shows electronic device 1300 displaying, on display 1302 , in response to detecting user activation of send button 1340 , a send message object 1360 corresponding to an outgoing transfer (e.g., to message participant 1352 ) 3 photos (selected via transfer user interface 1320 in FIG. 13 C ) from last night. In some embodiments, in response to the user activation of send button 1340 , the device displays (e.g., replaces display of transfer user interface 1320 with), on display 1302 , a virtual keyboard 1312 .

In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 13 D , send message object 1358 is displayed within expanded compose region 1342 to indicate to the user that the message object has not yet been transmitted to the intended recipient (e.g., message participant 1352 ). In some embodiments, compose region 1314 includes a send button 1316 for transmitting the message object.

In some embodiments, send message object 1358 includes a textual indication 1360 (e.g., stating “#3 photos from last night”) of the specific files (e.g., type of files, number of files) that are being transferred. In some embodiments, send message object 1358 includes a plurality of (selectable) mini-file objects 1362 A- 1362 C corresponding to the photos that are being transferred via the transfer associated with send message object 1358 .

As mentioned above, the non-limiting example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 13 A- 13 D described above relate to the non-limited example embodiment of the user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 14 A- 14 M described below. Therefore, it is to be understood that the processes described above with respect to the example user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 13 A- 13 D and the processes described below with respect to the example user interfaces illustrated in FIGS. 14 A- 14 M are largely analogous processes that similarly involve initiating and managing transfers using an electronic device (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 , 1300 , or 1400 ).

FIGS. 14 A- 14 M illustrate example user interfaces for peer-to-peer transfers, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 15 A- 15 K .

FIG. 14 A illustrates an electronic device 1400 (e.g., portable multifunction device 100 , device 300 , or device 500 ). In the non-limiting example embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 14 A- 14 M , electronic device 1400 is a smartphone. In other embodiments, electronic device 1400 can be a different type of electronic device, such as a wearable device (e.g., a smartwatch). Electronic device 1400 has a display 1402 and one or more input devices (e.g., touchscreen of display 1402 , a mechanical button 1404 , a mic).

In FIG. 14 A , electronic device 1400 displays, on display 1402 , a message conversation 1408 of a messaging application 1406 corresponding to message conversation 808 of messaging application 806 described above, for example, with reference to FIGS. 8 A- 8 B . As in FIGS. 8 A- 8 B , message conversation 1408 of messaging application 1406 is between a user of the device (e.g., “Kate Appleseed”) and a message participant 1410 (e.g., “John Appleseed”).

As shown in FIG. 14 A , message conversation 1408 includes two visible message objects 1416 and 1418 . Message object 1416 corresponds to message object 818 of FIGS. 8 A- 8 B (e.g., a message sent by the user to message participant 1410 ). Message object 1418 corresponds to message object 820 of FIGS. 8 A- 8 B (e.g., a message sent by message participant 1410 to the user). In message object 1416 , the user asks message participant 1410 : “How much do I owe you?” In message object 1418 , message participant 1410 responds: “Dinner and the cab ride together was $28.”

FIG. 14 A also shows a payment transfer user interface 1440 that corresponds to payment transfer user interface 840 described above, for example, with reference to FIGS. 8 E- 8 P . As with payment transfer user interface 840 , payment transfer user interface 1440 displays, in an amount indication 1448 of a value change region 1446 , the amount (e.g., “$28”) of the payment requested by message participant 1410 in the message corresponding to message object 1418 pre-populated. For example, as described above with respect to payment transfer user interface 840 , electronic device 1400 pre-populates the payment amount in payment transfer user interface based an analysis of the contents (e.g., the text) of message object 1418 . In some embodiments, the analysis is performed by electronic device 1400 using a language processing component or a language analysis component of the device. In some embodiments, the analysis is performed at an external device (e.g., a server), and the device receives a result of the analysis from the external device.

In FIG. 14 B , while displaying payment user interface 1440 , electronic device 1400 detects a user input on send button 1447 of payment transfer user interface 1440 , which corresponds to send button 847 of payment transfer user interface 840 described above, for example, with reference to FIGS. 8 E- 8 P . For example, as shown in FIG. 14 B , the user input is a tap gestures 1401 on send button 1447 .

In FIG. 14 C , in response to detecting tap gesture 1401 on send button 1447 , electronic device 1400 displays an expanded compose bar 1472 (e.g., an expanded region of the compose region that is adjacent to/above a compose bar 1414 ), corresponding to expanded compose bar 872 described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 8 Q- 8 W , with a payment message object 1420 , corresponding to payment message object 866 described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 8 Q- 8 W , located inside expanded compose bar 1472 . Payment message object 1420 corresponds to a payment (e.g., an outgoing payment from the user to message participant 1410 ).

As mentioned above, the payment message object being located within expanded compose bar 1472 indicates to the user that the payment corresponding to payment message object 1420 has not yet been sent (to message participant 1410 ) but is being created. As also described above with reference to FIGS. 8 Q- 8 W , payment message object 1420 includes an amount indication 1468 (e.g., “$28”), corresponding to amount indication 868 of payment message object 866 , of the amount of the payment to be sent by message participant 1410 to the user and a mode indication 1470 (e.g., stating “PAY”), corresponding to mode indication 870 , indicating that the payment message object corresponds to a payment made via an operating-system controlled payment transfer application (and not by a third-party application).

As also shown in FIG. 14 C , electronic device displays compose bar 1414 , corresponding to compose bar 814 , for entering (e.g., via typing on virtual keyboard 1412 ) a note (e.g., a comment or message) accompanying a sent payment message object. In some embodiments, in response to detecting (e.g., via a tap gesture) user input on compose bar 1414 (which, in some examples, includes an indication 1473 stating “Add Comment or Send” informing the user that a note can be added), electronic device 1400 displays (e.g., replaces display of indication 1473 with) a cursor indicating that a note (e.g., comment or message) is ready to be inputted (e.g., typed) into compose bar 1414 (e.g., using virtual keyboard 1412 ). For example, FIG. 14 D shows a note 1476 (e.g., “Dinner+Cab”) added by the user to accompany payment message object 1420 .

In FIG. 14 E , while displaying payment message object 1420 within expanded compose bar 1472 and note 1476 within compose bar 1414 added to the payment, electronic device 1400 detects user activation of a final send button 1474 (corresponding to final send button 874 ). For example, the user activation is a tap gesture 1403 on final send button 1474 .

In FIG. 14 F , upon successful user authentication (e.g., via the authentication process described in FIGS. 8 T- 8 U using a payment confirmation user interface, such as payment confirmation user interface 878 ), electronic device 1400 displays virtual keyboard 1412 (e.g., in place of a removed payment confirmation user interface). Further, the device displays payment message object 1420 within message conversation 1408 of messaging application 1406 , thereby indicating to the user that the payment corresponding to payment message object 1420 has been sent to message participant 1410 . In addition, the device also displays, adjacent to (or below or within) payment message object 1420 , a note message object 1473 corresponding to note 1472 added by the user to accompany the payment.

Further, in some embodiments, sent payment message object 1420 includes a first status indicator 1494 (corresponding to status indicator 894 ) informing the user of a status of the payment corresponding to the sent payment message object (e.g., “pending,” “paid,” “accepted,” “expired”). For example, in FIG. 14 F , first status indicator 1494 shows “pending,” thus indicating to the user that the payment associated with sent payment message object 866 has not yet been accepted by message participant 1410 . In some embodiments, the device also displays (in addition to or instead of first status indicator 1494 ) a second status indicator 1496 (corresponding to status indicator 896 ) informing the user of a status of the payment corresponding to the sent payment message object (e.g., “pending,” “paid,” “accepted,” “expired”). For example, as shown in FIG. 14 F , second status indicator 1496 (e.g., “pending”) shows the same status as shown by first status indicator 1494 (e.g., “pending”).

Further, in some embodiments, because payment message object 1420 corresponds to a payment by the user (instead of a payment request), amount indication 1468 of payment message object 1420 displays the numerical value of the payment amount (e.g., “$28”) in a payment font that is predetermined (or controlled, set, configured) by the operating system (of the device) to be associated with payments generated using the payment transfer user interface. In some embodiments, the payment font is type of font that is larger (in size) than a font used for regular text message object (e.g., message object 1418 in the messaging application).

FIG. 14 G shows electronic device 1400 displaying, on display 1402 , message conversation 1408 of messaging application 1406 showing message object 1417 (e.g., corresponding to a message sent by the user to message participant 1410 asking “How much do you owe me?”) and message object 1419 (e.g., corresponding to a message sent by message participant 1410 to the user responding “Dinner and the cab ride together was $28.”) and payment transfer user interface 1440 with the payment amount (e.g., “$28”) pre-populated, as described above with reference to FIG. 14 A .

In FIG. 14 G , while displaying payment transfer user interface 1440 with the payment amount (e.g., “$28”) pre-populated, electronic device 1400 detects a user activation of request button 1445 (corresponding to request button 845 ) of payment transfer user interface 1440 . For example, as shown in FIG. 14 G , the user activation is a tap gesture 1405 on request button 1445 .

In FIG. 14 H , in response to detecting tap gesture 1405 on request button 1445 , electronic device 1400 displays a pending payment message object 1460 within expanded compose bar 1472 . Unlike payment message object 1420 (which corresponds to a payment by the user), payment message object 1460 corresponds to a request for payment (a payment request), by the user (e.g., to message participant 1410 ). In some embodiments, a payment message object that corresponds to a payment request (e.g., payment message object 1460 ) (instead of a payment) includes additional information in payment amount indication 1468 (e.g., additional text) (e.g., “$28 Request”) informing the user that the payment message object corresponds to a payment request (as opposed to a payment). In some embodiments, a payment message object that corresponds to a payment request (instead of a payment) (e.g., payment message object 1460 ) also includes a mode indication 1470 (e.g., stating “PAY”) indicating that the payment message object corresponds to a payment made via an operating-system controlled payment transfer application (and not by a third-party application). In some embodiments, payment message object 1460 that corresponds to a payment request also includes an accept button 1471 .

Further, in some embodiments, as also shown in FIG. 14 H , a payment message object corresponding to a payment request (e.g., payment message object 1460 ) (instead of a payment) includes a request indicator 1449 that indicates to the user that the payment message object corresponds to a payment request (e.g., a payment request made by the user of the device to a message participant or a payment request sent by a message participant to the user) and not to a payment. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 14 H , request indicator 1449 is a currency symbol (e.g., the dollar symbol “$”) displayed at a center region of the message object. In some embodiments, request indicator 1449 is a graphical symbol. In some embodiments, the visual characteristics (e.g., font type, boldness/thickness, color, shading, dynamic feedback, such as a 3D effect) of request indicator 1449 correspond with the visual characteristics (e.g., font type, boldness/thickness, color, shading, dynamic feedback, such as a 3D effect) of an amount indication of a payment message object that corresponds to a (pending or completed) payment (e.g., amount indication 1468 of payment message objects 1420 , 1491 ). In some embodiments, the visual characteristics (e.g., font type, boldness/thickness, color, shading, dynamic feedback, such as a 3D effect) of request indicator 1449 are different from (and thus does not correspond with) the visual characteristics (e.g., font type, boldness/thickness, color, shading) of an amount indication of a payment message object that corresponds to a (pending or completed) payment request (e.g., amount indication 1468 of payment message objects 1460 , 1490 ).

In FIG. 14 I , while displaying payment message object 1460 (corresponding to a payment request) within expanded compose bar 1472 , the device receives user input of a note 1461 (e.g., using virtual keyboard 1412 ) to accompany the payment request. For example, in FIG. 14 I , note 1461 to accompany the payment request of payment message object 1460 states “Dinner+Cab.”

In FIG. 14 J , while displaying payment request displaying payment message object 1460 (corresponding to a payment request) within expanded compose bar 1472 and note 1461 (e.g., “Dinner+Cab”) in compose bar 1414 , electronic device 1400 detects a user activation of final send button 1474 . For example, as shown in FIG. 14 J , the user activation is tap gesture 1407 on final send button 1474 .

In FIG. 14 K , in response to detecting tap gesture 1407 on final send button 1474 , electronic device 1400 displays payment message object 1460 (corresponding to a payment request) within message conversation 1408 of messaging application 1406 , thereby indicating to the user that the payment corresponding to payment message object 1420 has been sent to message participant 1410 . The device also displays, adjacent to (or below or within) payment message object 1420 , note message object 1463 corresponding to note 1461 added by the user to accom